WO2005015906A1 - Recording device and method, program, and information processing system - Google Patents

Recording device and method, program, and information processing system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005015906A1
WO2005015906A1 PCT/JP2004/011054 JP2004011054W WO2005015906A1 WO 2005015906 A1 WO2005015906 A1 WO 2005015906A1 JP 2004011054 W JP2004011054 W JP 2004011054W WO 2005015906 A1 WO2005015906 A1 WO 2005015906A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reservation information
recording
content data
information
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2004/011054
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Koji Fujita
Original Assignee
Sony Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Corporation filed Critical Sony Corporation
Publication of WO2005015906A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005015906A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11BINFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B27/00Editing; Indexing; Addressing; Timing or synchronising; Monitoring; Measuring tape travel
    • G11B27/002Programmed access in sequence to a plurality of record carriers or indexed parts, e.g. tracks, thereof, e.g. for editing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00Details of television systems
    • H04N5/76Television signal recording
    • H04N5/78Television signal recording using magnetic recording
    • H04N5/782Television signal recording using magnetic recording on tape
    • GPHYSICS
    • G11INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11BINFORMATION STORAGE BASED ON RELATIVE MOVEMENT BETWEEN RECORD CARRIER AND TRANSDUCER
    • G11B2220/00Record carriers by type
    • G11B2220/20Disc-shaped record carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00Details of television systems
    • H04N5/76Television signal recording
    • H04N5/78Television signal recording using magnetic recording
    • H04N5/781Television signal recording using magnetic recording on disks or drums

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a recording device and method, a program, and an information processing system, and particularly to a recording device suitable for recording information obtained from outside and reproducing the recorded information. And a method, a program, and an information processing system.
  • a hard disk recorder which is a recording / reproducing apparatus that records information on a recording medium such as a hard disk or reproduces information recorded on the hard disk, usually includes one or more tuners.
  • a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station or the like is received via an antenna or the like, and content data including image data and audio data included in the received signal is recorded on a built-in hard disk (recording).
  • a user makes a reservation for recording processing (recording reservation) using broadcast schedule information of a program or the like.
  • the hard disk recorder performs a recording process based on the reservation information, and stores the content data (program) desired by the user on the hard disk.
  • the hard disk recorder 1 has an antenna 11, a tuner 12, and a content processing unit 13.
  • the tuner 12 selects the frequency (channel) of the television signal to be received, receives the television signal of the channel via the antenna 11, and supplies the received television signal to the content processing unit 13.
  • the content processing unit 13 has a built-in storage unit 14 composed of a hard disk, demodulates a television signal supplied via a tuner, extracts content data, and decodes the content data. The information is stored in the storage unit 14.
  • the hard disk recorder 1 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit (Central Processing unit (Central Processing unit (Central Processing unit (Central Processing unit (CPU)).
  • CPU Central Processing unit
  • Processing Unit 21, programs related to various processes executed by the CPU 21 and It has a RAM (Random Access Memory) 22 for temporarily storing data, and an input unit 23 for receiving an input from a user or the like.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • the CPU 21 controls the tuner 12, as shown in FIG. 1, to control the tuner 12, and to execute the program from the television signal received by the tuner 12.
  • An EPG extraction unit 32 that extracts EPG (Electronic Program Guide) data that is a schedule
  • a schedule management unit 33 that holds the EPG data and manages the broadcast schedule of programs, and a user input via the input unit 23.
  • Manual reservation candidate reception control unit 34 for controlling the reception of reservation (recording reservation) candidates for recording processing, a program reservation candidate creation unit 35 for creating recording reservation candidates that are information related to recording reservation candidates for programs, and an input unit.
  • a preference information reception control unit 36 that controls the reception of preference information relating to the recording process by the user input via the user interface 23; Preference information management unit 37 that manages preference information, program reservation information management unit 38 that creates and manages information (program reservation information) related to program recording processing based on program reservation candidates, and program reservation information management unit It has various functions such as a recording processing control unit 39 which is controlled by the content processing unit 13 and controls the content processing unit 13 to execute a recording process.
  • the tuner control unit 31 controls the tuner 12 based on a user input or the like, and receives a signal including EPG data of a channel desired by the user via the antenna 11.
  • the EPG extraction unit 32 extracts EPG data from the signal and causes the schedule management unit 33 to hold the EPG data.
  • the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 34 supplies the information (manual reservation candidate) to the program reservation candidate creation unit 35. I do.
  • the program reservation candidate creating section 35 creates a program reservation candidate based on the manual reservation candidate.
  • the preference information reception control unit. 36 supplies the information (preference information) to the preference information management unit 37.
  • the preference information management unit 37 supplies the preference information based on the request of the program reservation candidate creation unit 35.
  • the program reservation candidate creating unit 35 stores the preference information supplied from the preference information management unit 37.
  • the program corresponding to the preference information is searched from the programs included in the EPG data stored in the schedule management unit 33 based on the program, and if it exists, a reservation candidate for the program is created.
  • the program reservation candidate creating unit 35 supplies the program reservation candidate created in this way to the program reservation information management unit 38.
  • the program reservation information management unit 38 creates program reservation information based on the obtained program reservation candidates, and manages the schedule of the recording process. Then, at the time when the recording process starts, the tuner 12 is controlled via the tuner control unit 31 to receive a signal including the program to be recorded, and the content processing unit 13 is received via the recording process control unit 39. And the received program is stored in the storage unit 14.
  • the hard disk recorder 1 reserves a recording process of a program based on information or the like input by a user, manages a schedule of the recording process, and performs the recording process based on the schedule. Do.
  • each hard disk recorder 1 the number of programs that can be recorded simultaneously is limited to the number of tuners 12 included in the hard disk recorder 1. For example, if each of the hard disk recorders 1 is managed by a different user, a certain user can make a reservation only at the hard disk recorder 1 that he manages. If you want to record more programs than the number of tuners at the same time, you cannot use another hard disk recorder 1 to make a recording reservation.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-A-7-21619
  • each hard disk recorder 1 since the free space of the hard disk of each hard disk recorder 1 is not managed, for example, the hard disk recorder 1 having a hard disk whose free space is not enough to record a program is used. In some cases, the recording process was performed and the entire program could not be recorded.
  • the present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, it is possible to easily and flexibly cope with the problem and record information obtained from the outside. The recorded information can be reproduced.
  • a first recording apparatus of the present invention is configured to select a receiving station, to receive a target content data, and to record content data received by the content data receiving means.
  • Means content data supply means for supplying the content data received by the content data receiving means to one or more other recording devices connected via a network, and reservation information for specifying the content data to be recorded
  • First reservation information creating means for creating the first reservation information which is the first reservation information, and reservation information collecting means for collecting the first reservation information created in the other recording device from another recording device;
  • the second reservation information creating means for creating the second reservation information for making the reservation, and the second reservation information created by the second reservation information creating means are supplied to another recording device via the network.
  • the second reservation information includes information for specifying content data receiving means used for receiving content data from all content data receiving means provided in the first recording device and other recording devices. Power to be able to.
  • the management control means specifies the content data receiving means provided in the recording device and specifies the content data recording means provided in another recording device. In this case, it is possible to control the content data receiving means to receive the content data and control the content data supply means to supply the content data to another recording apparatus.
  • the second reservation information creating means stores only one of them in the second reservation information. And other reservations can be deleted.
  • Attribute information collecting means for collecting information on a broadcast station that can be received by each content data receiving means of the other recording device from another recording device as attribute information of the other recording device is further provided. You can do so.
  • the information processing apparatus may further include an attribute information collecting unit that collects information on the free space of each content data recording unit of the another recording device from another recording device as attribute information of the other recording device. it can.
  • a first recording method of the present invention provides a first reservation information creating step of creating first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, a communication unit, and a network.
  • the first schedule created on one or more other recording devices connected via A reservation information collection control step for collecting contract information from another recording device, a first reservation information created by the processing of the first reservation information creation step, and a processing by the reservation information collection control step.
  • Second reservation information for reserving a process to be executed by each recording device connected via the network with respect to the content data specified by the first reservation information collected from another recording device by the selected communication unit.
  • a second reservation information creating step of creating a second reservation information, and controlling the communication unit to supply the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step to another recording device via a network It manages the second reservation information created by the processing of the reservation information supply control step and the second reservation information creation step, and based on the second reservation information, the receiving section, the recording section, and the second section.
  • the second reservation information includes information for specifying a receiver used for receiving content data from among all receivers included in the recording device and other recording devices. it can.
  • the receiving unit provided in the recording device is specified, and when the recording unit provided in another recording device is specified, the receiving unit is controlled to control the content.
  • the data can be received, and the communication unit can be controlled to supply the content data to another recording device.
  • the second reservation information creating step when there are a plurality of reservations having the same broadcast time and the same content as the content data to be reserved, only one of them is used as the second reservation. It can be generated as information and other reservations can be deleted.
  • Attribute information that controls the communication unit and causes the other recording devices to collect information on broadcast stations that can be received by each receiving unit from other recording devices as attribute information of the other recording devices.
  • a collection control step may be further included.
  • the first program of the present invention includes a first reservation information creation step of creating first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, a communication unit, and a network.
  • the first reservation information created by one or more other computers connected via the other computer is collected from another computer by the reservation information collection control step and the first reservation information creation step.
  • the first reservation information and the content data specified by the first reservation information collected from another computer by the communication unit controlled by the processing of the reservation information collection control step are transmitted via the network.
  • the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information to receive the content data, and to record the received content data, or And a management control step in which the received content data is supplied to another computer via a network and recorded.
  • the first recording device creates first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, and uses the communication unit to perform network communication.
  • the first reservation information created in the second recording device connected via the first recording device is collected, and the first reservation information created and the second reservation information collected from the second recording device via the communication unit are collected.
  • the second reservation information for reserving the processing executed by the first device or the second recording device for the content data specified by the first reservation information is created, and the second reservation information created using the communication unit is created.
  • the second reservation information is supplied to the second recording device via the network, the generated second reservation information is managed, and the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are communicated based on the second reservation information.
  • the recording power of the content data or the received content data is supplied to the second recording device via the network and recorded thereon, and the second recording device creates the first reservation information, and To supply the first reservation information to the first recording device connected via the network, and to acquire the second reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit. , Take Based on the obtained second reservation information, the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled to receive the content data and to record the received content data, or to transmit the received content data to the network. Via the first recording device for recording.
  • the second recording apparatus of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data.
  • the reserving information specifies the content data to be recorded and specifies the type of tuner necessary for receiving the content data.
  • a reservation information generating means for generating information; and a tuner of a type designated by the reservation information among one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network, the reservation information generated by the reservation information generating means.
  • the reservation information supply means for supplying the recording information to another recording device having the information, and the other recording device to which the reservation information is supplied by the reservation information supply means receives the content data received based on the reservation information and supplied via the network.
  • Content data obtaining means for storing the content data obtained by the content data obtaining means.
  • Data recording means for storing the content data obtained by the content data obtaining means.
  • the second recording method of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data.
  • the reservation information specifies the content data to be recorded and specifies the type of tuner required for receiving the content data.
  • a reservation information creation step for creating information, and controlling the communication unit, the reservation information created by the processing of the reservation information creation step is stored in one or more other recording devices connected via a network.
  • a recording information supply control step for supplying the recording information to another recording apparatus having a tuner of the type specified by the control section, and a recording apparatus for controlling the communication section and supplying the reservation information by being controlled by the processing of the reservation information supply control step.
  • a content data acquisition control system for acquiring content data received on the device based on the reservation information and supplied via the network. And a content data recording control step of controlling the recording unit and recording the acquired content data controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step.
  • the second program of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data.
  • the program designates content data to be recorded, and is a tuner required for receiving content data.
  • a reservation information creating step for creating reservation information designating the type of the reservation information, and controlling one or more communication apparatuses to control the reservation information created by the reservation information creation step.
  • a computer having a tuner of the type specified by the reservation information, and a communication unit, and controlling the communication unit to supply the reservation information by being controlled by the processing of the reservation information supply control step.
  • a content data acquisition control step for acquiring the content data received via the network based on the reservation information by the other computer and controlling the recording unit, and controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step.
  • Data recording control switch for recording the content data And a step.
  • the first recording device is reservation information for reserving recording of the content data, specifies the content data to be recorded, and sets a tuner required for receiving the content data.
  • the reservation information specifying the type of the reservation is created, and the created reservation information is supplied to the second recording device having the receiving unit of the type specified by the reservation information by using the communication unit.
  • the second recording device acquires the content data received based on the reservation information and supplied via the network using the recording unit, and records the acquired content data using the recording unit.
  • the recording device acquires the reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit, and receives the content data specified by the acquired reservation information using the reception unit. Using the communication unit, and supplying the received content data of that in the first recording device.
  • first reservation information which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded
  • the first reservation information created in one or more other recording devices connected to the other recording device is collected from another recording device, and the content data specified by the first reservation information is collected via a network.
  • Second reservation information for reserving processing to be executed by each connected recording device is created, the communication unit is controlled, and the second reservation information is supplied to another recording device via a network, and is managed.
  • the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information stored, and the content data is received.
  • the received content data is recorded, or the received content data is supplied to another recording device via a network and recorded.
  • the recording information is reservation information for reserving recording of content data.
  • the content data to be recorded is specified and necessary for receiving the content data.
  • Reservation information that specifies the type of tuner is created, and the created reservation information is stored in one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network, of the type specified by the reservation information.
  • the content data supplied to another recording device having a tuner and supplied from the other recording device is acquired, and the acquired content data is recorded.
  • the first recording device creates first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, and is connected via a network.
  • First reservation information created in the second recording device is collected, and the first device or the second recording device executes the content data specified by the first reservation information.
  • Second reservation information for reserving processing is created, the created second reservation information is supplied to a second recording device via a network, and the created second reservation information is managed.
  • the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the managed second reservation information, various processes are performed, and the first reservation information is created in the second recording device.
  • the first reservation information is the first
  • the second reservation information supplied to the recording device and supplied from the first recording device is obtained, and the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information, and various processings are performed. Is performed.
  • the recording information is reservation information for reserving recording of content data.
  • Reservation information that specifies the type of tuner is created, and the created reservation information is supplied to a second recording device having a receiving unit of the type specified by the reservation information, and the second recording device outputs a network.
  • Content data supplied through the first recording device is acquired, the acquired content data is recorded, and the reservation information supplied from the first recording device is acquired in the second recording device.
  • the content data specified by the received reservation information is received, and the received content data is supplied to the first recording device.
  • information can be processed.
  • even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used it is possible to more easily and flexibly cope with the problem, to record information acquired from outside, and to reproduce the recorded information.
  • FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration example of a conventional hard disk recorder.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a program recording system to which the present invention is applied.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a first hard disk recorder of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a second hard disk recorder of FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration example of a reservation control program executed by a CPU 71 in FIGS. 3 and 4.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart illustrating a master / slave selection process.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating master / slave selection processing, continued from FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions relating to reservation of recording processing of a hard disk recorder as a master.
  • FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions relating to reservation of recording processing of a hard disk recorder as a slave.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating a reservation process.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating program reservation information creation processing.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating the program reservation information creating process, continued from FIG. 11;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation candidate list is created.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation information list is created.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation information list is supplied.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating a program reservation management process.
  • FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to a reproduction process of a hard disk recorder serving as a master.
  • FIG. 18 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to a reproduction process of a hard disk recorder as a slave.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction process.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a program recording system to which the present invention is applied.
  • the program recording system 50 includes a first hard disk recorder 51 and a second hard disk recorder 51.
  • the three hard disk recorders are used to record programs broadcast from a plurality of broadcast stations (not shown) (supplied from the broadcast stations). This system records content data contained in television signals.
  • broadcasting services which are programs that provide programs provided by broadcasting stations.
  • a broadcasting station transmits a VHF (Very High Frequency: ultra high frequency (100 MHz band) via a terrestrial broadcasting tower.
  • Terrestrial broadcasting terrestrial analog
  • UHF Ultra High Frequency
  • Broadcasting or terrestrial digital broadcasting or a broadcasting station that broadcasts a program by using a broadcasting artificial satellite (BS) to supply analog or digital signals containing content data to the receiving side.
  • Broadcasting (BS analog broadcasting or BS digital broadcasting) is available.
  • CS digital broadcast in which a broadcasting station broadcasts a program by using a communication satellite (CS) to supply a digital signal including content data to a receiving side.
  • CS communication satellite
  • broadcasting stations that use only wireless broadcasting services such as cable television (CATV: Community Antenna Television), broadcast programs by supplying data, including content data, over a dedicated line.
  • CATV Community Antenna Television
  • CATV Community Antenna Television
  • the program recording system 50 uses a plurality of hard disk recorders each having a tuner to provide a plurality of programs (a plurality of programs broadcast in one or a plurality of broadcasting services). This is a system that allows users to view recorded programs one at a time or at the same time after recording.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 record information such as content data including audio data and image data on a recording medium such as a hard disk, or record information (for example, This is a recording / playback device that plays back content data.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 has an antenna 61, receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station (not shown) via the antenna 61, and incorporates content data included in the signal. Record on the hard disk.
  • the second hard disk recorder 52 has an antenna 62, receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station (not shown) via the antenna 62, and converts content data included in the signal. Record on the internal hard disk.
  • the third hard disk recorder 53 has two built-in tuners corresponding to television signals of different broadcasting services, and has two antennas 63 and antennas 64 corresponding to the respective tuners. .
  • the third hard disk recorder 53 receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcast station (not shown) via the antenna 63 or the antenna 64, and records the content data included in the signal on a built-in hard disk.
  • the broadcast service (the broadcast service corresponding to the antennas 61 to 64) that can be received by the tuner incorporated in each of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 is any broadcast service. It is also possible to make it possible to receive the same broadcast service, or to allow some or all of them to receive different broadcast services. Further, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuners built in) are the powers described so as to receive the programs via the antennas 61 to 64, respectively. It may also be possible to receive a program provided by the user.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 (a tuner built in and corresponding to the antenna 61) and the second hard disk recorder 52 (a tuner corresponding to the built-in antenna 62)
  • the tuner) and the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuner corresponding to the antenna 63 incorporated therein) receive the terrestrial analog broadcast, and the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuner corresponding to the antenna 64 incorporated therein).
  • the first to third hard disk recorders 51 to 53 are further connected to each other via a network 54.
  • the network 54 is a network using, for example, Ethernet (registered trademark) (Ethernet (R)) or IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) 1394, and is connected to each device via a concentrator (HUB). This is a local area network (LAN).
  • the network 54 may be composed of a plurality of networks.
  • the network 54 may include a WAN (Wide Area Network) using the Internet or a dedicated line.
  • each hard disk recorder is connected via a modem, a router, a repeater, or the like, as well as a hub.
  • This network may be a wired network, and may be a wireless network using IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.lb, or IEEE802.lg, etc. There may be.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 connected to each other as described above integrally manage reservation information on recording processing registered in each device as a whole, and use an optimal method using the entire system. To perform the recording process.
  • one of the first hard disk recorders 51 to 53 functions as a master for controlling (managing) the reservation information, and is registered in each device.
  • the collected reservation information is collected via the network 54, all the reservation information is organized, and the recording processing of the program recording system is performed so that the recording processing is performed by effectively using the resources (tuners, hard disks, etc.) of each device.
  • the master and the hard disk recorders (slaves) other than the master perform the recording process based on the assigned reservation information.
  • the master if there are pieces of reservation information having duplicate contents in a plurality of hard disk recorders, the master combines the pieces of reservation information into one and uses the resources of the program recording system 50 (such as a hard disk and a hard disk). Organize reservation information for effective use.
  • the master specifies a tuner necessary for the recording process of the program (that is, necessary for receiving the program), and assigns reservation information corresponding to the recording process to a hard disk recorder having the tuner. Select a hard disk recorder that has enough free space on the hard disk (it can record all programs) and assign reservation information.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the internal configuration of the first hard disk recorder 51 of FIG.
  • a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 executes various processes according to a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 72 and controls each unit in the apparatus. And so on.
  • a RAM (Random Access Memory) 73 appropriately stores data, programs, and the like necessary for the CPU 71 to execute various processes.
  • the CPU 71, the ROM 72, and the RAM 73 are mutually connected via a bus 74.
  • a drive 75 is connected to the bus 74 as necessary, and a removable media 76 for control information such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory is appropriately attached thereto, and a computer program read out from the medium is read. It is installed in a control information storage unit 92 of a storage unit 87 to be described later, as required.
  • the CPU 71 uses the program and data recorded in the ROM 72 or the program / data installed from the control information removable medium 76 and the like and loaded into the RAM 73 to store the first hard disk recorder 51. It controls each unit to perform program recording processing and recording processing reservation processing.
  • the bus 74 also includes an input unit 77 constituted by buttons, a jog dial, and the like, which receives an input from a user, a communication control unit 78, which controls a communication interface 79 for communicating with other devices, and a GUI (A graphic processing controller 80 that performs graphic processing such as Graphical User Interface) is connected.
  • an input unit 77 constituted by buttons, a jog dial, and the like, which receives an input from a user
  • a communication control unit 78 which controls a communication interface 79 for communicating with other devices
  • a GUI A graphic processing controller 80 that performs graphic processing such as Graphical User Interface
  • the input unit 77 includes a dedicated remote control (not shown) in addition to the buttons and the jog dial. It has an infrared receiver 77A, which is an interface for receiving the infrared signal supplied from the camera.
  • the remote controller (not shown) is one of the user interfaces, and is provided with various control buttons and the like.
  • This remote controller has an infrared transmission unit that outputs an infrared wireless signal (infrared signal), and uses the infrared signal to send a control signal corresponding to a button or the like operated by a user to the first hard disk. Supply to recorder 51.
  • the infrared wireless communication between the remote controller and the first hard disk recorder 51 may be performed based on a standard such as, for example, IrDA (InfraRed Data Association). It may be performed using a dedicated protocol.
  • the communication control unit 78 controls communication with another device connected via the communication interface unit 79, for example, under the control of the CPU 71.
  • the communication interface unit 79 has various communication terminals, such as Ethernet (R) and IEEE1394, and connects to other devices via dedicated cables to construct a network. Can be.
  • the communication control unit 78 is controlled by the CPU 71 to control the TCP / It communicates with these other hard disk recorders using protocols such as IP (Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol), and transfers information supplied via the bus 74 to other hard disk recorders via a communication interface. It supplies the information supplied from other hard disk recorders to the CPU 71 via the bus 74.
  • the graphic processing controller 80 is controlled by the CPU 71 to create, for example, a GUI such as a menu screen or the like and character data to be superimposed on an image as image information, and supply it to the display control unit 86 via the bus 74. Thus, the image information is displayed on the monitor 112.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 has a first tuner 81 that receives a terrestrial analog broadcast via the antenna 61.
  • the first tuner 81 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71, adjusts the channel (frequency) of the received television signal, receives the desired program, and supplies the received signal to the demodulation unit 82 I do.
  • the demodulation unit 82 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71, and receives a signal from the first tuner 81.
  • the transport stream is supplied to the decoder 83.
  • the decoder 83 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71 via the bus 74, stores the transport stream supplied from the demodulation unit 82 in the content memory 84, and stores the transport stream.
  • the stream is decoded and various data such as control data such as character data, audio data, and image data are extracted.
  • the decoder 83 supplies the extracted control data to the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74, supplies the extracted audio data to the audio data output control unit 85, and controls the display of the extracted image data. Or supply to part 86. Further, the decoder 83 supplies control data, audio data, image data, and the like extracted from the transport stream to the content storage unit 91 of the storage unit 87 via the bus 74 and stores them.
  • the audio data output control unit 85 controls the PCM (Pulse Code
  • the audio data coded by Modulation is decoded, and the audio signal is supplied to a speaker 111 connected to the first hard disk recorder 51 and output.
  • the display control unit 86 expands the image data compressed by the MPEG2 (Moving Picture Experts Group 2) method or the like supplied from the decoder 83, and connects the image signal to the first hard disk recorder 51. It is supplied to the monitor 112 and displayed.
  • the display control unit 86 is connected to the bus 74, and combines image information such as a GUI supplied from the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74 with image data supplied from the decoder 83, The data is supplied to the monitor 112 as one image data and displayed.
  • the storage unit 87 and the drive 88 are further connected to the bus 87.
  • the storage unit 87 includes a recording medium such as a hard disk, and stores information supplied from each unit, or retrieves, reads, and supplies information requested by each unit.
  • the storage area of the storage unit 87 includes a content storage unit 91 for storing content data such as image data and audio data, and a control information storage unit 92 for storing control data and the like.
  • the drive 88 is connected to the bus 74 as necessary, and is connected to a removable medium 89 for content such as a magnetic disk, optical disk, magneto-optical disk, or semiconductor memory, which is appropriately mounted. Record content data such as audio data
  • the storage unit 87 includes a recording medium such as a hard disk, and stores information supplied from each unit, or retrieves, reads, and supplies information requested by each unit.
  • the storage area of the storage unit 87 includes a content storage unit 91 for storing content data such as image data and audio data, and a control information storage unit
  • the demodulation unit 82, decoder 83, content memory 84, audio data output unit 85, display control unit 86, storage unit 87, drive 88, and content are collectively described as a content processing unit 100 that processes content.
  • the internal configuration of the second hard disk recorder 52 is basically the same as the internal configuration example of the first hard disk recorder 51 shown in FIG.
  • the internal configuration of the third hard disk recorder 53 is basically the same as that of the first hard disk recorder 51 shown in FIG. 3, and in the case of the third hard disk recorder 53, it is shown in FIG.
  • a second tuner 121 for receiving BS digital broadcasting via the antenna 64 is provided in addition to the first tuner 81 for receiving terrestrial analog broadcasting via the antenna 63.
  • the second tuner 121 receives the television signal and supplies the signal to the demodulation unit 122.
  • the demodulation unit 122 also demodulates the BS digital broadcast television signal supplied from the second tuner 121, which is not only the terrestrial analog broadcast television signal supplied from the first tuner 81, and extracts the transport stream. I do.
  • the demodulation unit 122 supplies the transport stream to the decoder 123, similarly to the demodulation unit 82 in FIG.
  • the decoder 123 not only performs the same processing as the above-described decoder 83 on the transport stream of the terrestrial analog broadcast, but also performs the same processing on the transport stream of the BS digital broadcast as in the case of the terrestrial analog broadcast.
  • the extracted control data is supplied to the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74, the extracted audio data is supplied to the audio data output control unit 125, and the extracted image data is supplied to the display control unit 126. Or supply.
  • the audio data output control unit 125 decodes the audio data and supplies the audio signal to the speed 141 connected to the third hard disk recorder 53 , similarly to the audio data output control unit 85 in FIG. And output.
  • the display control unit 126 supplies an image signal corresponding to the supplied image data to the monitor 142 connected to the third hard disk recorder 53 to display the image signal.
  • a reservation control program 150 as shown in FIG. 5 is installed in the ROM 72 or the control information storage unit 92 of each hard disk recorder of the first to third hard disk recorders 51 to 53. By executing the reservation control program 150, the CPU 71 of the hard disk recorder performs the reservation processing as described with reference to FIG. 2 and controls the recording processing.
  • the reservation control program 150 is a program for selecting which hard disk recorder is to be set as a master or which is to be set as a slave. This is executed when selected as a slave.
  • the slave reservation control program 152 which is a program for controlling reservation processing as a slave, and is executed when selected as a master. It is configured by a master reservation control program 153 which is a program for performing control.
  • the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program 151 to determine which of the hard disk recorders connected to the same network is set as the master and which is set as the slave. For example, when the main power is turned on in a hard disk recorder for which master / slave settings have not been made, such as when a new hard disk recorder is installed, or when an instruction to reset the master / slave is input to the user. In some cases, for example, when executing the reservation control program 150, the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program 151 and, based on a user's instruction, determines whether each hard disk recorder connected to the same network has a master or a slave. Decide which should be set or not set.
  • the CPU 71 executes the reservation control program 150 in accordance with the setting. Then, the slave reservation control program 152 or the master reservation control program 153 is executed. As described above, the master / slave selection program 151 is executed even when the master / slave setting has already been made, such as when the user instructs resetting. Sometimes.
  • the user when adding a new hard disk recorder to the existing program recording system 50, the user turns on the main power of the newly added hard disk recorder (unset hard disk recorder) and sets the master Z slave selection program 15 1 May be executed, or the existing hard disk recorder (set hard disk recorder) may be instructed to reconfigure, and the master / slave selection program 151 may be executed to set the newly added unconfigured hard disk recorder. May go.
  • the user can set only one hard disk recorder among multiple hard disk recorders as a master, and the other hard disk recorders are set as slaves.
  • the program recording system 50 includes one master and slaves managed by the master.
  • a plurality of hard disk recorders connected to one network 54 may constitute a plurality of program recording systems (that is, a plurality of masters exist). In that case, each hard disk recorder set as the slave is set to belong to any one of the multiple hard disk recorders set as the master
  • the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program, Performs master / slave selection processing.
  • the master / slave selection process will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS.
  • the case where the CPU 71 of the first hard disk 51 executes the master / slave selection processing will be described.
  • step S1 the CPU 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78, and the other hard disk recorders connected to the network 54 to which the first hard disk recorder 51 is connected (see FIG. In the case of the example shown in FIG. 2, the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53) are searched to acquire the information.
  • the CPU 71 proceeds to step S2, and acquires the acquired information. Based on the information, for example, information about another hard disk recorder such as a master / slave setting of another hard disk recorder is created, and the process proceeds to step S3.
  • step S3 the CPU 71 determines whether or not another hard disk recorder exists based on the created information on the other hard disk recorder. If it is determined that another hard disk recorder exists, the CPU 71 advances the process to step S4, controls the graphic processing controller 80 to create a selection GUI, and sends the created selection GUI to the display control unit 86. It is controlled and supplied to the monitor 112 for display.
  • step S4 ends, the CPU 71 advances the process to step S5, controls the input unit 77, and starts accepting an input (master / slave setting instruction) by the user. The CPU 71 that has started accepting the input advances the process to step S6.
  • step S6 the CPU 71 determines whether or not a master setting instruction from the user has been received.
  • the CPU 71 proceeds to step S7.
  • the process proceeds to and the specified hard disk recorder is set as the master.
  • the CPU 71 proceeds to step S8, controls the hard disk recorder set as the master, initializes the reservation control program 150 installed in the hard disk recorder, and uses the master program of the reservation control program 150 for the master.
  • the reservation control program 153 is executed.
  • the CPU 71 updates information on the other hard disk recorders created in the process in step S2 in step S9, and proceeds to step S11 in FIG.
  • step S6 of FIG. 6 If it is determined in step S6 of FIG. 6 that the master setting instruction has not been received, the CPU 71 skips the processing of steps S7 to S9 and proceeds to step S11 of FIG.
  • step S11 of Fig. 7 the CPU 71 determines whether or not a slave setting instruction from the user has been received.
  • the CPU 71 proceeds to step S To 12 Proceeds and sets the specified hard disk recorder as a slave.
  • step S13 controls the hard disk recorder set as the slave, initializes the reservation control program 150 installed in the hard disk recorder, and sets the slave control program 150
  • the reservation control program 152 is executed.
  • the CPU 71 updates the information on the other hard disk recorder created in the processing in step S2 in FIG. 6 in step S14, and proceeds to step S15.
  • step S11 If it is determined in step S11 that the slave setting instruction has not been received, the CPU 71 skips the processing of steps S12 to S14 and proceeds to step S15.
  • step S15 the CPU 71 determines whether or not to end the master / slave selection process, and if not, returns the process to step S6 in Fig. 6 and repeats the subsequent processes. If it is determined in step S15 that the master / slave selection process is to be terminated based on a user instruction or the like, the CPU 71 terminates the input reception or the selection GUI display in step S16. Etc., and terminate the master / slave selection processing.
  • step S3 in Fig. 6 If it is determined in step S3 in Fig. 6 that there is no other hard disk recorder connected to the network 54, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S17 in Fig. 7 and sends an error message to the monitor 112. After performing error processing such as displaying, the process returns to step S16 to perform termination processing, and terminates the master / slave selection processing.
  • the CPU 71 executes a master / slave selection process. Thereby, the CPU 71 can set the hard disk recorder in the program recording system 50 as a master or a slave, and can perform processing relating to reservation of recording processing as described later. Even in the case of using a reproducing apparatus, it is possible to easily and flexibly cope with the situation, to record information obtained from outside, and to reproduce the recorded information.
  • the master Z slave selection process is described with reference to the flowcharts of Figs. This is performed in the same manner as in the case of the first hard disk recorder 51 as described above.
  • first hard disk recorder 51 is set as a master
  • second hard disk recorder 52 The case where the third hard disk recorder 53 is set as a slave will be described.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can be set as any of a master and a slave.
  • the CPU 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 executes the master reservation control program 153 as described above, and performs the function relating to the reservation of the recording processing as shown in FIG. Is provided.
  • FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing functions relating to reservation of recording processing of the first hard disk recorder 51 set as a master.
  • the CPU 71 extracts the EPG (Electronic Program Guide) data, which is a program schedule, from the television signal received by the tuner control unit 161 that controls the first tuner 81.
  • EPG extraction unit 162, schedule management unit 163 that retains the EPG data and manages the broadcast schedule of the program, and program reservation candidates that create recording reservation candidates that are information on reservations (recording reservations) for program recording processing.
  • a manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165 that controls the reception of recording reservation candidates (manual reservation candidates) by a user operation input via the creation unit 164 and the input unit 77, and a user input via the input unit 77.
  • Information reception control unit 166 which controls the reception of the preference information regarding the recording process by the user, the preference information for managing the preference information regarding the recording process based on the input preference information and the like.
  • Device information requesting unit 170 for requesting information (device information) related to devices of other hard disk recorders via program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 and communication control unit 78 for requesting reservation candidate, program supplied based on the request
  • a program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 that controls the acquisition of reservation candidates
  • a device information acquisition control unit 172 that controls the acquisition of device information supplied based on requests, and controls the supply of program reservation information to other hard disk recorders
  • the tuner control section 161 controls the first tuner 81 based on, for example, a user input or the like to adjust the frequency of a signal received via the antenna 61, and Receive the signal containing the EPG data of the desired channel.
  • EPG extraction section 162 extracts EPG data from the signal and causes schedule management section 163 to hold the EPG data.
  • the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165 supplies the information (manual reservation candidate) to the program reservation candidate creation unit 164. I do.
  • the program reservation candidate creation section 164 creates a program reservation candidate based on the manual reservation candidate.
  • the preference information reception control unit 166 supplies the information (preference information) to the preference information management unit 167.
  • the preference information management unit 167 supplies the preference information based on the request of the program reservation candidate creation unit 164.
  • the program reservation candidate creation section 164 selects a program corresponding to the preference information from the programs included in the EPG data stored in the schedule management section 163. And if it exists, create a reservation candidate for that program.
  • the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 supplies the program reservation candidate created in this way to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
  • the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 is controlled by the program reservation information creating unit 168, and requests the created program reservation candidate to each hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78. Further, the device information requesting unit 170 is controlled by the program reservation information creating unit 168, and requests information on the device (hardware) to each hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78.
  • the program reservation candidate is provided to the communication control unit 78.
  • the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 acquires the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
  • the device information acquisition control unit 172 acquires the device information and sends it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. Supply.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 creates program reservation information for controlling the recording process of a program based on these information, and then, corresponds to another hard disk recorder among the created program reservation information.
  • the program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information supply control unit 173.
  • the program reservation information supply control unit 173 that has acquired the program reservation information controls the communication control unit 78 to supply the acquired program reservation information to each hard disk recorder corresponding to the program reservation information.
  • the program reservation information creating section 168 supplies the program reservation information corresponding to the hard disk recorder among the created program reservation information to the program reservation information management section 174 to be managed.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 manages the schedule of the recording process based on the acquired program reservation information. Then, when the time to start the recording process comes, the first tuner 81 is controlled via the tuner control unit 161 to receive a signal (terrestrial analog signal) including the program to be recorded, and the recording control unit 175 Then, the content processing unit 100 is controlled, and the received program is stored in the storage unit 87.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 set as the master includes the second hard disk recorder 52 set as the slave that is not limited to the program reservation candidates created by the program reservation candidate creation unit 164.
  • the program reservation candidate created in the third hard disk recorder 53 is obtained, and program reservation information for controlling the recording process of the program is created based on all the program reservation candidates.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 performs a reservation process in cooperation with the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 as slaves, and the entire program recording system 50 It is possible to make a reservation for the recording process by using this.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, or reproduce the recorded information. be able to.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 acquires device information that is information on hardware of the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 sets a recording process schedule based on the acquired device information in an appropriate manner so as to effectively use the resources of the program recording system 50, and reserves the recording. Information can be created. Thus, even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, the first hard disk recorder 51 can more easily and flexibly deal with the problem, and can record information obtained from outside or reproduce the recorded information. Power S can.
  • the CPU 71 of the second hard disk recorder 52 set as the slave by the processing of FIGS. 6 and 7 executes the slave reservation control program 152 as described above and has a function related to the reservation of the recording processing as shown in FIG. .
  • FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram showing functions relating to reservation of recording processing of the second hard disk recorder 52 set as a slave.
  • the main differences between the slave shown in FIG. 9 and the master shown in FIG. 8 are, for example, the program reservation information creating unit 168 and the program reservation candidate requesting unit 1 in FIG. 69, the device information requesting unit 170, the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171, the device information acquisition control unit 172, and the program reservation information supply control unit 173 do not exist, and instead, the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 does not exist.
  • slave program reservation candidate creation section 164 holds the created program reservation candidates.
  • the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 supplies the request to the program reservation candidate creation unit 164.
  • the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 supplies the held program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182.
  • the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 is a master of the requested program reservation candidate via the communication control unit 78 (requested). Source) to the first hard disk recorder 51.
  • the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 acquires the program reservation information via the communication control unit 78, it supplies the acquired program reservation information to the program reservation information management unit 174.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 manages the recording process schedule based on the supplied program reservation information, as in the case of the master shown in FIG.
  • the device information request acquisition unit 184 supplies the acquired device information request to the device information management unit 185.
  • the device information management unit 185 manages information about the hardware (device information), and supplies device information to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the supplied request.
  • the device information supply control unit 186 supplies the device information to the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master (request source), via the communication control unit 78.
  • the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 make a reservation for the recording process in cooperation with the first hard disk recorder 51 which is the master, and use the entire program recording system 50. To make a reservation for the recording process.
  • the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information obtained from outside, and record the information. Information can be reproduced.
  • step S 31 the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 of the first hard disk recorder 51 performs a reservation candidate creation process, and specifies a recorded program by the user supplied from the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165.
  • a reservation candidate is created based on preset preference information supplied from the preference information management unit 167 and the EPG stored in the schedule management unit 163.
  • the program reservation candidate work of the second hard disk recorder 52 In step S51, the component unit 164 performs a reservation candidate creation process to create a reservation candidate.
  • the program reservation candidate creation section 164 of the third hard disk recorder 53 performs a reservation candidate creation process in step S71 to create a reservation candidate.
  • the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 of the first hard disk recorder 51 which is the master, advances the process to step S32 when a predetermined timing is reached or when instructed by the user, and proceeds to step S32.
  • a request for a program reservation is made to the third hard disk recorder 53 as a slave via 78.
  • the device information requesting unit 170 similarly requests device information from the third hard disk recorder 53 as a slave via the traffic line control unit 78.
  • the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 of the first hard disk recorder 51 which is the master, similarly sends the second hard disk recorder 52, which is the slave, via the line control unit 78 in step S33. Request a program reservation candidate.
  • the device information requesting unit 170 similarly requests device information from the second hard disk recorder 52, which is a slave, via the line control unit 78.
  • the program reservation candidate creation Supply to section 164.
  • the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 searches for the program reservation candidate corresponding to the request from the held program reservation candidates, and supplies the program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 if it exists. I do.
  • the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplied with the program reservation candidate supplies the request to the first hard disk recorder 51 via the communication control unit 78 in step S53.
  • the device information request acquisition control unit 184 of the second hard disk recorder 52 acquires the device information request supplied together with the program reservation candidate request from the first hard disk recorder 51, the request is transmitted to the device The information is supplied to the information management unit 185.
  • the device information management unit 185 supplies the managed device information (information on the hardware of the second hard disk recorder 52) to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the request.
  • Device information The device information supply control unit 186 supplied with the first hard disk recorder 51 as the request source via the communication control unit 78 simultaneously with the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplying the program reservation candidate. To supply.
  • the communication control unit 78 adds the device information supplied from the device information supply control unit 186 to the program reservation candidate supplied from the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182, and 1 Supply to the hard disk recorder 51.
  • step S34 the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to acquire the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. I do.
  • the device information acquisition control unit 172 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to output the device information (device information of the hard disk recorder that supplied the program reservation candidate). ) Is obtained and supplied to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
  • step S72 the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 of the third hard disk recorder 53 acquires the program reservation candidate request supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51, This is supplied to the reservation candidate creating section 164.
  • the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 searches for the program reservation candidate corresponding to the request from the held program reservation candidates, and supplies the program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 if it exists. I do.
  • the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplied with the program reservation candidate supplies the request to the first hard disk recorder 51 via the communication control unit 78 in step S73.
  • the device information request acquisition control unit 184 of the third hard disk recorder 53 acquires the device information request supplied together with the program reservation candidate request from the first hard disk recorder 51
  • the device information request The information is supplied to the information management unit 185.
  • the device information management unit 185 supplies the managed device information (information on the hardware of the third hard disk recorder 53) to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the request.
  • the device information supply control unit 186 supplied with the device information sends the first hard disk as the request source via the communication control unit 78 at the same time as the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplies the program reservation candidate. Supply to recorder 51.
  • the communication control unit 78 adds the device information supplied from the device information supply control unit 186 to the program reservation candidate supplied from the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182, and 1 Supply to the hard disk recorder 51.
  • step S35 the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to acquire the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. I do.
  • the device information acquisition control unit 172 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to output the device information (device information of the hard disk recorder that supplied the program reservation candidate). ) Is obtained and supplied to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
  • step S36 the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 that has acquired the program reservation candidates and the device information from the slaves performs the program reservation based on the acquired program reservation candidates and the device information. Create information.
  • the program reservation information creation section 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 from the created program reservation information. This is supplied to the control unit 173.
  • the program reservation information supply control unit 173 supplies the acquired program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 to the third hard disk recorder 53 via the communication control unit 78.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 to the program reservation information supply control unit 173 among the created program reservation information, and
  • the information supply control unit 173 supplies the acquired program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 to the second hard disk recorder 52 via the communication control unit 78 in step S38.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the first hard disk recorder 51 to the program reservation information management unit 174 among the created program reservation information. I do.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the first hard disk recorder 51 executes the program reservation management process in step S39, and manages and controls the recording process schedule based on the program reservation information. You. In this way, the processing of the program reservation information for all the first hard disk recorders 51 is completed. Upon completion, the first hard disk recorder 51 ends the recording reservation process.
  • the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 of the second hard disk recorder 52 communicates the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51 in step S38, in step S54.
  • the program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information management unit 174.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 executes the program reservation management process in step S55, manages the schedule of the recording process based on the program reservation information, Control.
  • the second hard disk recorder 52 ends the recording reservation processing.
  • the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 of the third hard disk recorder 53 transmits the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51 in step S37 to step S574. Then, when the program reservation information is acquired via the communication control unit 78, the program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information management unit 174.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 executes the program reservation management process in step S75, and manages the schedule of the recording process based on the program reservation information. ,Control.
  • the third hard disk recorder 53 ends the recording reservation processing.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 through the third hard disk recorder 53 make reservations for recording processing in cooperation with each other, and make reservations for recording processing using the entire program recording system 50. It can be performed.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, and record the recorded information. You can play.
  • step S91 the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 that has acquired the program reservation candidates from each hard disk recorder sorts (organizes) the plurality of acquired program reservation candidates based on the contents thereof. Create a program reservation candidate list.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 may, for example, determine a date, a time, a reservation method, a tuner restriction by a broadcasting service of a program to be recorded, or a hard disk capacity required for recording. Priorities are set to the reservation candidates, and the reservation candidates are sorted in the order of priority, for example, by arranging in order of the physical value with the highest priority value.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 sets the Processing such as combining reservation candidates into one (leaving only one of the plurality of reservation candidates and deleting others) is performed.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 receives the reservation candidate group 1911 from the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53, as shown in FIG. To get 3.
  • the reservation candidates are indicated by rows, for example, as the reservation candidates 201, and the content (item) of the reservation candidate is “month” indicating the date on which the recording process is performed. “Date”, “Time” indicating the time to perform the recording process, “Channel” of the program to be recorded, "Image quality” to specify the image quality when recording, and “Tuner” to specify the tuner to use for the recording process And the like.
  • the reservation candidate 201 reserves to record a program broadcast on channel number 1 between 8:00 and 9:00 on March 25 with SP (standard) image quality using any tuner. This is a candidate for reservation.
  • the reservation candidate groups 191-2 and 191-3 are also the same as the reservation candidate group 191-1, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the program reservation information creating section 168 sets the reservation candidates 201 of the reservation candidate group 1911 set in the first hard disk recorder 51 and the reservation candidates 201 set in the second hard disk recorder 52. Since the programs to be recorded overlap with the reservation candidate 221 of the reservation candidate group 191-2, the reservation candidate 221 is deleted and only the reservation candidate 201 is left. Similarly, since the reservation candidate 222 of the reservation candidate group 191-2 and the reservation candidate 231 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 set in the third hard disk recorder 53 overlap the programs to be recorded, The candidate 231 is deleted, and only the reservation candidate 222 is left.
  • the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the items “date” and “time 1J” of the remaining reservation candidates, for example, and arranges them in order from the earliest one and the earlier one. Then, the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the item “tuner” of the plurality of reservation candidates having the same time, and sorts those having the designation of the tuner to be used in the higher order. At this time, when there are a plurality of reservation candidates specifying a tuner, the program reservation information creation unit 168 changes the priority value set by the specified tuner.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 refers to, for example, the item of “channel”, The reservation candidates are arranged in ascending order of value.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines that the reservation candidate 222 and the reservation candidate 223 of the reservation candidate group 191-2 have the earliest time for performing the recording process and the tuner used for recording is Since "2" (the first tuner 81 of the second hard disk recorder 52) or "3_2" (the second tuner 121 of the third hard disk recorder 53), these priorities are set higher and the reservation candidates 222 Is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 241 on the first line from the top of the reservation candidate list, and the reservation candidate 223 is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 242 on the second line from the top of the reservation candidate list.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines that the reservation candidate 201 of the reservation candidate group 191-1 has the earliest time for performing the recording process and among the reservation candidates with no tuner designation, Since the value is the smallest, the reservation candidate 201 is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 243 on the third line from the top of the reservation candidate list, and then the reservation candidate group 191-3 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 with the next smallest channel value 232 Is set (sorted) as reservation candidate 244 on the fourth line from the top of the reservation candidate list. ing.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 sets the reservation candidate 233 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 in which the recording processing is to be performed next, as the reservation candidate 245 on the fifth line from the top of the reservation candidate list. (Sort), and the reservation candidate 234 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 which is the latest in performing the recording process is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 246 in the bottom line of the reservation candidate list.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts (organizes) the plurality of acquired program reservation candidates based on the contents thereof, and creates a program reservation candidate list.
  • step S92 the program reservation information creation unit 168 that has created the program reservation candidate list sorts (organizes) the plurality of pieces of acquired device information based on the contents, and creates a device information list.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts the device information based on, for example, a device number assigned to each hard disk recorder in advance.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 generates the device information 211-1 to the reservation candidate group 211-3 from the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53, respectively. get.
  • the device information 211-1 indicates, as the content (item) of the information, the free space of the hard disk incorporated in the hard disk recorder (that is, the free space of the content storage unit 91 of the storage unit 87). "Free space”, “number of tuners” indicating the number of tuners in the hard disk recorder, and “received signal type” indicating the type of broadcast service that can be received (that is, the type of received signal that can be received by the tuner) And other items are included. For example, in the case of the device information 211-1 of the first hard disk recorder 51, "30 GB" is indicated in the item of "free space”, and "1" is indicated in the item of the number of tuners.
  • the item “Received signal type” indicates “terrestrial wave” indicating terrestrial analog broadcast.
  • the device information 211-1 indicates that the free space of the built-in hard disk is 30 GB (gigabyte), the number of built-in tuners is one (only the first tuner 81), and the tuner can receive It has been shown that the broadcast service is terrestrial analog broadcasting. Note that the device information 211-2 and 211-3 are the same as in the case of the device information 211-1. The description is omitted.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 sets the device number of the first hard disk recorder 51 to “1”, sets the device number of the second hard disk recorder 52 to “2”, Assuming that the device number of the hard disk recorder 53 is "3", the device information 211-1-1 through 211-3 are sorted by the device number, and a device information list 250 as shown in FIG. 13 is created. .
  • the device information list 250 the device information 211-1 is sorted as the device information 251 on the first line from the top, and the device information 211-2 is sorted as the device information 252 on the second line from the top. 3 is sorted as the device information 253 on the third line from the top.
  • the program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts (arranges) the plurality of pieces of acquired device information based on, for example, device numbers and the like, and creates a device information list.
  • step S92 the program reservation information creation unit 168 starts creating program reservation information using the created reservation candidate list and device information list.
  • step S92 The program reservation information creation unit 168 that has completed the processing in step S92 proceeds to step S93, and sets the value of the variable N for selecting a reservation candidate in the program reservation candidate list 240 to "1". Then, the process proceeds to step S94.
  • step S94 the program reservation information creation unit 168 reads, for example, the Nth program reservation candidate from the top from the program reservation candidate list 240 as a processing target, and proceeds to step S95.
  • step S95 the program reservation information creation unit 168 confirms the tuner corresponding to the read program reservation candidate.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 specifies the type of tuner that can receive the program specified by the program reservation candidate based on the read information on the channel of the program reservation candidate and the like, and The hard disk recorder having the tuner is specified by reference. Then, the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the already created reservation information and confirms the use status (scheduled use) of the tuner at the scheduled recording time. If there are a plurality of recordable tuners, the program reservation information creation unit 168 checks all of them.
  • the component unit 168 selects a tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, that is, a tuner capable of recording the program specified by the program reservation candidate (the program can receive the program specified by the program reservation candidate, and It is determined whether there is a tuner that is not scheduled to be used at the scheduled recording time.
  • step S95 if it is determined that there is a tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, the program reservation information creation unit 168 advances the process to step S97, and the tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate is determined. It is determined whether or not a plurality exists. If there are a plurality of tuners, the program reservation information creating section 168 proceeds to step S98, refers to the device information, and, among the hard disk recorders having the tuners, the hard disk recorder having the largest available free space. Search for a tuner.
  • step S99 uses the searched tuner of the hard disk recorder having the hard disk having the largest free space in the recording process corresponding to the program reservation candidate. It is decided to use it, and the process proceeds to step S101 in FIG.
  • step S97 If it is determined in step S97 that there is only one tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate and that there are not a plurality of tuners, the program reservation information creation unit 168 omits the processing of step S98 and proceeds to step S99. It is determined that one tuner is to be used for the recording process corresponding to the program reservation candidate, and the process proceeds to step S101 in FIG.
  • the tuner to be used for each reservation candidate is determined.
  • the hard disk built in the hard disk recorder using the tuner has insufficient free space. Therefore, by the following processing, the program can be stored on the hard disk of the hard disk recorder different from the tuner used for the recording processing.
  • step S101 in FIG. 12 the program reservation information creation unit 168 estimates and calculates the amount of data required for recording with reference to the items “time stamp 1” and “image quality” of the program reservation candidates. Then, the program reservation information creating unit 168 advances the process to step S102, and based on the device information, stores the program in the hard disk of the tuner hard disk recorder used for the recording process. It is determined whether the program can be stored. If it is determined that the free space capacity S of the hard disk of the tuner hard disk recorder used for the recording process is insufficient to store the program and that the program cannot be stored, the program reservation information creation unit 168 proceeds to step S103.
  • the process proceeds, and it is determined by referring to the device information list whether or not a storage unit capable of storing the program exists in another hard disk recorder. If it is determined that the free space is sufficient for recording and that there is a storage unit capable of storing the program, the program reservation information creating unit 168 proceeds to step S104, and stores the program in the storage unit. Is determined to be the storage unit having the largest free space among the storage units that can store, and the process proceeds to step S105.
  • step S102 if it is determined that the program has enough free space on the hard disk of the hard disk recorder of the tuner to be used for the recording process and that the program can be stored, The reservation information creation unit 168 omits the processing of step S103 and step S104, and proceeds to step S105.
  • step S105 the program reservation information creating unit 168 updates the device information based on the above determination, and reduces the free space of the hard disk determined to be used by the estimated usage calculated in step S101. Then, the process proceeds to step S106, program reservation information is created based on the above determination, and the process proceeds to step S108.
  • step S96 of FIG. 11 determines that there is no tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, or in step S103 of FIG. If it is determined that the program does not exist in the hard disk recorder constituting the program, the program reservation information creation unit 168 proceeds to step S107, performs error processing, stops processing for this reservation candidate, and proceeds to step S108. Proceed with the process.
  • the program reservation information creation unit 168 performs processing on one program reservation candidate included in the reservation candidate list 240, determines a tuner, a hard disk, and the like to be used. Is created, and a reservation information list as shown in FIG. 14 is created.
  • a reservation information list 260 is a list of program reservation information created based on the program reservation candidates and the device information 250 included in the reservation candidate list 240.
  • the program reservation information is indicated in each line as in the program reservation information 261 to the program reservation information 266.
  • program reservation information 261 to program reservation information 266 are , Are program reservation information corresponding to the program reservation candidates 241 to 246, respectively.
  • the tuners not specified in the program reservation candidates 243 to 246 are also specified in the program reservation candidates 263 to 266 as described above.
  • step S108 the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines whether or not the value of the variable N is the maximum value, that is, for all the program reservation candidates included in the reservation candidate list 240, If the variable N is not the maximum value, that is, if it is determined that there is an unprocessed program reservation candidate, the process proceeds to step S109. Then, the value of the variable N is incremented by "1" (increase in calories), the process returns to step S94 in FIG. 11, and the subsequent processes are repeated. That is, the program reservation information creation unit 168 starts processing for the next program reservation candidate.
  • step S108 the program reservation information creation processing is performed for each program reservation candidate. If it is determined in step S108 that processing has been performed for all program reservation candidates, the program reservation is performed.
  • the information creating unit 168 advances the process to step S110, performs an end process, and ends the program reservation information creating process.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 can make a reservation for the recording process by using the entire program recording system 50.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, and can record information obtained from outside or record the information. Information can be reproduced.
  • step S37 and step S38 in Fig. 10 the program reservation information created as described above is transmitted to the hard disk recorder corresponding to the program reservation information via the network 54 as shown in Fig. 15. Supplied.
  • the reservation information list 260 is divided into a first hard disk recorder reservation information list 270, a second hard disk recorder reservation information list 280, and a third hard disk recorder reservation information list 290. , The first hard disk recorder 51, the second hard disk recorder 52, or the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • the supply destination of the program reservation information is determined by the tuner used in the recording process. Is done. That is, the program reservation information 271 included in the first hard disk recorder reservation information list 270 corresponds to the program reservation information 264 of the reservation information list 260, and the recording performed using the first tuner 81 of the first hard disk recorder 51.
  • the program reservation information 272 is program reservation information corresponding to the program reservation information 266 of the reservation information list 260 and is recording information performed using the first tuner 81 of the first hard disk recorder 51. .
  • the program reservation information 281 included in the second hard disk recorder reservation information list 280 corresponds to the program reservation information 261 of the reservation information list 260, and uses the first tuner 81 of the second hard disk recorder 52. This is the reservation information of the recording processing performed.
  • the program reservation information 291 included in the third hard disk recorder reservation information list 290 corresponds to the program reservation information 262 of the reservation information list 260, and uses the second tuner 121 of the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • the program reservation information 292 corresponds to the program reservation information 263 of the reservation information list 260, and is the reservation information of the recording processing performed using the first tuner 81 of the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • the program reservation information 293 corresponds to the program reservation information 265 of the reservation information list 260 and is the reservation information of the recording process performed using the first tuner 81 of the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • the item of the "used tuner" of the program reservation information May be omitted and supplied.
  • the program reservation information management unit 174 first determines whether or not the program reservation information supplied from the master program reservation information creation unit 168 has been acquired in step S121. As described above, in the case of the master program reservation information management unit 174, the program reservation information is directly supplied from the program reservation information creation unit 168, and in the case of the slave program reservation information management unit 174, it is transmitted via the network 54. Supplied. If it is determined that the program reservation information has been acquired, the program reservation information management unit 174 proceeds to step S122, holds and manages the acquired program reservation information, and proceeds to step S123. Also, in step S121, program reservation If it is determined that the information has not been acquired, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing in step S122 and proceeds to step S123.
  • step S123 the program reservation information management unit 174 determines whether or not the current time is the recording preparation specified time based on the held program reservation information. If it is determined that there is, the process proceeds to step S124.
  • step S124 the program reservation information management unit 174 controls the channel of the tuner designated via the tuner control unit 161 so as to receive the program to be recorded, and in step S125, performs the recording process control. The unit 175 is controlled to perform recording preparation processing.
  • step S126 the program reservation information management section 174 determines whether or not to use the storage section 87 of another hard disk recorder based on the program reservation information. The unit 174 advances the process to step S127, controls the hard disk recorder having the specified storage unit 87, and makes the hard disk usable. After completing the processing of step S127, the program reservation information management unit 174 proceeds to step S128
  • step S123 If it is determined in step S123 that the current time is not the designated time for recording preparation, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing of steps S124 to S127 and proceeds to step S128. Further, when it is determined in step S126 that the storage unit 87 of the same hard disk recorder as the tuner is used and the storage units 87 of the other hard disk recorders are not used, the program reservation information management unit 174 also performs the processing of step S127. Is omitted, and the process proceeds to step S128.
  • step S128 the program reservation information management unit 174 determines whether or not the current time is the recording start time, and when it is determined that the current time is the recording start time, in step S129, The recording process is started by controlling the tuner via the tuner control unit 161 or the content processing unit 100 via the recording process control unit 175, and the process proceeds to step S130. If it is determined in step S128 that the current time is not the recording start time, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing in step S129 and proceeds to step S130.
  • step S130 the program reservation information management unit 174 determines that the current time is In step S131, the tuner is controlled via the tuner control unit 161 or the content processing is performed via the recording processing control unit 175. The recording process is terminated by controlling the unit 100 or the like, and the process proceeds to step S132. If it is determined in step S130 that the current time is not the recording end time, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips step S131 and proceeds to step S132.
  • step S132 program reservation information management section 174 determines whether or not to end the program reservation management processing, and if not, returns the processing to step S121, and performs the subsequent processing. repeat. If it is determined in step S132 that the program reservation management process is to be ended, the process proceeds to step S133, an end process is performed, and the program reservation management process ends.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily manage the reserved recording process using the entire program recording system 50 and execute the recording process. be able to.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, or record the recorded information. You can play.
  • the program recorded as described above may be stored in a storage unit of a hard disk recorder different from the reserved hard disk recorder. Therefore, in such a case, it is desirable for the user to be able to reproduce the program in the same manner as when the program is stored in the storage unit of the reserved hard disk recorder. The method is described below.
  • FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram for describing functions related to a reproduction process in a hard disk recorder serving as a master.
  • the reproduction instruction reception control unit 301 of the CPU 71 controls reception of a reproduction instruction input by the user via the input unit 77, and the received reproduction instruction is stored in the storage unit 87.
  • the content is supplied to a content management unit 302 that manages the content.
  • the master creates all the program reservation information, so when and which program Since it is possible to know whether or not the recorded program is recorded, based on the information, the recorded program information that is information on the recorded program is created, and the recorded program information is stored in the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73, and the recorded program information is stored. It is managed by the program information management unit 303.
  • the content management unit 302 accesses the recorded program information management unit 303 and acquires the recorded program information
  • the program instructed to be reproduced is recorded on any of the hard disk recorders based on the information. Figure out what is being done.
  • the content request supply unit 305 is controlled by the content management unit 302, and transmits the content to the hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78.
  • the content acquisition unit 306 acquires the content data supplied based on the request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies the content data to the content management unit 302.
  • the playback control unit 307 controls the content processing unit 100 to play back the content data stored in the storage unit 87 or the content data supplied from the content management unit 302 to the content processing unit 100.
  • the content request acquisition unit 308 sends the content request supplied when another hard disk recorder instructs to reproduce the content data stored in the storage unit 87 of the hard disk recorder to the communication control unit 78. And supplies it to the content management unit 302. Based on the request, the content management unit 302 accesses the storage unit 87 of the content processing unit 100 and obtains the target content data, and supplies the content data to the content supply unit 309. The content supply unit 309 supplies the supplied content data to the requesting hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78.
  • the master since the master manages recorded program information, if a reproduction instruction is input in another hard disk recorder, the recorded program information is requested.
  • the recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 acquires such a request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies the request to the recorded program information management unit 303.
  • the recorded program information management unit 303 acquires the recorded program information from the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73 based on the request, the recorded program information management unit 303 transmits the acquired recorded program information to the recorded program information supply unit 311.
  • Supply to The The recorded program information supply unit 311 supplies the supplied recorded program information to the requesting hard disk recorder via the communication unit 78.
  • Fig. 18 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to reproduction processing in a hard disk recorder serving as a slave. Parts corresponding to those in FIG. 17 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
  • the slave does not manage the recorded program information, so the recorded program information management unit 303, the recorded program information holding unit 304, and the recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 and the recorded program information supply unit 311. Instead, since the slave does not manage the recorded program information, it is controlled by the content management unit 302, and via the communication control unit 78, the recorded program information request supply unit that requests the recorded program information. 321, and a recorded program information acquisition unit 322 that acquires recorded program information supplied via the communication unit 78 based on the request, and supplies the acquired program information to the content management unit 302. You.
  • a reproduction process executed in the program recording system 50 including such a master and slaves (the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53) will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.
  • the program reserved for recording in the second hard disk recorder 52 is stored in the storage unit 87 of the third hard disk recorder 53, and the user instructs the second hard disk recorder 52 to reproduce the program. If you do, let me explain.
  • the content management unit 302 of the second hard disk recorder 52 which is the slave, supplies the recorded program information request. It instructs the unit 321 to supply a request for recorded program information to the master.
  • the recorded program information request supply unit 321 controls the communication control unit 78 based on the instruction from the content management unit 302, and sends the recorded program information to the first hard disk recorder 51 that is the master. Request program information.
  • the recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 of the first hard disk recorder 51 which is the master, acquires the request supplied in the process of step S171 via the communication control unit 78 in step S151. Recorded program information that has obtained a request for recorded program information
  • the request acquisition unit 310 supplies the information to the recorded program information management unit 303.
  • the recorded program information management unit 303 acquires the recorded program information from the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73 based on the request, it supplies the recorded program information to the recorded program information supply unit 311. I do.
  • the recorded program information supply unit 311 supplies the supplied recorded program information to the requesting second hard disk recorder 52 via the communication control unit 78.
  • the recorded program information acquisition unit 322 of the second hard disk recorder 52 acquires the recorded program information via the communication control unit 78 in step S172
  • the acquired program information is supplied to the content management unit 302.
  • the content management unit 302 supplies the acquired program information to the graphic processing controller 80 to convert the recorded program information into image information.
  • the graphic processing controller 80 supplies the converted recorded program information to the monitor 142 via the display control unit 86, and the image corresponding to the recorded program information is provided. Is displayed.
  • the user selects a program to be reproduced based on the image related to the recorded program information displayed as described above, and operates the input unit 77 to input the information.
  • the reproduction instruction reception control unit 301 performs a program reproduction designation reception process in step S173, receives an instruction for specifying a program to be reproduced, which is input from the input unit 77, and supplies the instruction to the content management unit 302. .
  • the content management unit 302 Based on the instruction, the content management unit 302 recognizes that the target content data is stored in the storage unit 87 of the third node disk recorder 53, and sends the content request unit 305 to the content request unit 305. Ask for data.
  • the content request unit 305 is controlled by the content management unit 302 in step S 174, and requests the third hard disk recorder 53 for the content data of the reproduction designated program via the communication control unit 78.
  • the content request acquisition unit 308 of the third hard disk recorder 53 which is a slave, acquires the request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies it to the content management unit 302 in step S191.
  • the content management unit 302 accesses the storage unit 87 and obtains the target content data, and supplies it to the content supply unit 309.
  • the content supply unit 309 is controlled by the content management unit 302, and in step S192,
  • the requested content data (reproduction designated program) is supplied to the second hard disk recorder 52 that is the request source via the communication control unit 78.
  • step S175 Upon acquiring the requested content data via the communication control unit 78 in step S175, the content acquisition unit 306 of the second hard disk recorder 52 supplies it to the content management unit 302.
  • step S176 the content management unit 302 controls the playback control unit 307 to play back the acquired content data (playback designated program).
  • the reproduction control unit 307 controls the content processing unit 100 to reproduce the supplied content data.
  • the second hard disk recorder 52 ends the reproduction processing.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 perform reproduction processing in cooperation with each other.
  • the user of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can use the entire program recording system 50, such as reproducing a program recorded on another hard disk recorder.
  • the reproduction process for reproducing the recorded program can be easily performed.
  • the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, and can record information obtained from outside or record the information. Information can be reproduced.
  • the user has reserved a program and the program corresponding to the reservation is stored in the storage unit of the third hard disk recorder 53.
  • any hard disk recorder can reproduce a program stored in any hard disk recorder.
  • the users of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 are not limited to the power described in the case where they are different from each other. All users are the same person.
  • the users of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 are the same person, and these hard disk recorders are managed by one user. If this is the case, it may be desirable for the preference information in each hard disk recorder to be unified. In such a case, the reservation candidate created based on the preference information may not be supplied from the slave to the master.
  • the present invention can also be applied to a hard disk recorder having a function other than the functions described above. Therefore, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 described above may of course have functions other than those described above.
  • a recording / reproducing device using an optical disk such as a DVD or a CD may be used as a terminal device constituting the program recording system 50 in FIG. Of course, it may be.
  • each hard disk recorder may generate program reservation information based on a reservation candidate that is set individually, and the program reservation information may be required for each other. It may be distributed to other hard disk recorders accordingly.
  • the number and group recording system 50 is configured by one master and a slave managed by the master", but this description is based on the physical network configuration.
  • This is not a description of a logical network configuration but a description of a logical network configuration, and physically the same disk drive may belong to a plurality of “program recording systems 50”.
  • a plurality of “program recording systems 50” including the hard disk recorder 51 to the hard disk recorder 53 may be configured. In that case, the hard disk recorders that are the masters of each “program recording system 50” are different from each other.
  • the hard disk recorders 51 to 53 can simultaneously operate as masters. At that time, since each master does not collect a reservation candidate from another hard disk recorder as a slave, the same reservation candidate power is generated by each master. That can be suppressed. In other words, in this case, each hard disk recorder generates program reservation information based only on the reservation candidates set in itself.
  • the operating as a hard disk recorder power master without a tuner sets a reservation candidate from preference information, user input, and the like, generates reservation information from the reservation candidate, and transmits the reservation information to the tuner.
  • a desired program content data
  • the slave receives the desired content data based on the reservation information and supplies it to the master via the network.
  • the master acquires the content data, it records it on the hard disk.
  • a target program (content data) can be recorded on a hard disk even if the hard disk recorder does not have a tuner. it can.
  • a device that does not have a hard disk can receive a target program (content data) using its own tuner and record it on the hard disk of another device.
  • such processing as a master can be performed simultaneously with each other, instead of being performed only by a specific apparatus. This allows the devices to control each other and operate so as to compensate for each other's lacking functions, so that more advanced recording and playback control processing can be performed.
  • the above-described series of processing can be executed by hardware, or can be executed by software as described above.
  • various functions must be executed by installing a computer in which the programs constituting the software are embedded in dedicated hardware, or by installing various programs. For example, it is installed from a recording medium or the like in a general-purpose personal computer or the like.
  • the step of describing a program recorded on a recording medium is as follows. However, not only the processing performed in chronological order according to the described order, but also the processing executed in parallel or individually, although not necessarily performed in chronological order. Also, in this specification, a system refers to an entire device including a plurality of devices.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Television Signal Processing For Recording (AREA)

Abstract

Even when using a plurality of recording/reproduction devices, it is possible to easily and flexibly cope with situations including recording of the information acquired from outside and reproducing the information recorded. In a program recording system (50), one of a first hard disc recorder (51) to a third hard disc recorder (53) is set to be a master for managing the reservation information by collecting reservation information registered in each device via a network (54) and organizing all the reservation information to create an optimal recording schedule for all the hard disc recorders of the program recording system (50) and assign reservation information to each device so that a tuner of each device and hard discs are used effectively for performing recording processing. According to the reservation information assigned, the master and the slave perform recording processing. The present invention can be applied to a recording/reproduction system.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
記録装置および方法、プログラム、並びに情報処理  Recording device and method, program, and information processing
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、記録装置および方法、プログラム、並びに情報処理システムに関し、特 に、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情報を再生したりする場合に 用いて好適な記録装置および方法、プログラム、並びに情報処理システムに関する。 The present invention relates to a recording device and method, a program, and an information processing system, and particularly to a recording device suitable for recording information obtained from outside and reproducing the recorded information. And a method, a program, and an information processing system.
^景技術 ^ Scenic technology
[0002] 従来、ハードディスク等の記録媒体に情報を記録したり、そのハードディスクに記録 されている情報を再生したりする記録再生装置であるハードディスクレコーダは、通 常、 1つ以上のチューナを備えており、放送局等より供給されるテレビジョン信号等を 、アンテナ等を介して受信し、受信した信号に含まれる画像データや音声データ等よ りなるコンテンツデータを、内蔵するハードディスクに記録する(録画する)。ユーザは 、このようなハードディスクレコーダを用いて、番組の放送予定情報等を利用して録 画処理の予約(録画予約)を行う。ハードディスクレコーダは、その予約情報に基づい て、録画処理を行い、ユーザが所望のコンテンツデータ(番組)をハードディスクに保 存する。  [0002] Conventionally, a hard disk recorder, which is a recording / reproducing apparatus that records information on a recording medium such as a hard disk or reproduces information recorded on the hard disk, usually includes one or more tuners. A television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station or the like is received via an antenna or the like, and content data including image data and audio data included in the received signal is recorded on a built-in hard disk (recording). Do). Using such a hard disk recorder, a user makes a reservation for recording processing (recording reservation) using broadcast schedule information of a program or the like. The hard disk recorder performs a recording process based on the reservation information, and stores the content data (program) desired by the user on the hard disk.
[0003] このようなハードディスクレコーダの録画予約に関する機能の構成は、例えば図 1の 機能ブロック図のように示される。  [0003] The configuration of such a function relating to recording reservation of the hard disk recorder is shown, for example, as a functional block diagram in FIG.
[0004] 図 1において、ハードディスクレコーダ 1は、アンテナ 11、チューナ 12、およびコン テンッ処理部 13を有している。チューナ 12は、受信するテレビジョン信号の周波数( チャンネル)を選択し、そのチャンネルのテレビジョン信号を、アンテナ 11を介して受 信し、受信したテレビジョン信号をコンテンツ処理部 13に供給する。コンテンツ処理 部 13は、ハードディスクよりなる記憶部 14を内蔵しており、チューナを介して供給さ れたテレビジョン信号を復調し、コンテンツデータを抽出すると、そのコンテンツデー タをデコードする等して、記憶部 14に記憶する。  In FIG. 1, the hard disk recorder 1 has an antenna 11, a tuner 12, and a content processing unit 13. The tuner 12 selects the frequency (channel) of the television signal to be received, receives the television signal of the channel via the antenna 11, and supplies the received television signal to the content processing unit 13. The content processing unit 13 has a built-in storage unit 14 composed of a hard disk, demodulates a television signal supplied via a tuner, extracts content data, and decodes the content data. The information is stored in the storage unit 14.
[0005] また、ハードディスクレコーダ 1は、装置内の各部を制御する CPU (Central  [0005] Further, the hard disk recorder 1 includes a CPU (Central
Processing Unit) 21、 CPU21において実行される各種の処理に関するプログラムや データを一時的に保持する RAM (Random Access Memory) 22、および、ユーザ等に よる入力を受け付ける入力部 23を有している。 (Processing Unit) 21, programs related to various processes executed by the CPU 21 and It has a RAM (Random Access Memory) 22 for temporarily storing data, and an input unit 23 for receiving an input from a user or the like.
[0006] CPU21は、 RAM22に保持されているプログラムを実行することにより、図 1に示され るように、チューナ 12を制御するチューナ制御部 31、チューナ 12により受信されたテ レビジョン信号より番組の予定表である EPG (Electronic Program Guide)データを抽 出する EPG抽出部 32、その EPGデータを保持し、番組の放送スケジュールを管理す るスケジュール管理部 33、入力部 23を介して入力されたユーザによる録画処理の予 約(録画予約)の候補の受け付けを制御する手動予約候補受付制御部 34、番組の 録画予約の候補に関する情報である録画予約候補を作成する番組予約候補作成部 35、入力部 23を介して入力されたユーザによる録画処理に関する嗜好情報の受け 付けを制御する嗜好情報受付制御部 36、入力された嗜好情報等に基づいて、録画 処理に関する嗜好情報を管理する嗜好情報管理部 37、番組予約候補に基づいて、 番組の録画処理に関する情報 (番組予約情報)を作成して管理する番組予約情報 管理部 38、並びに、番組予約情報管理部 38に制御され、コンテンツ処理部 13を制 御し、録画処理を実行させる録画処理制御部 39等の、各種の機能を有している。  [0006] By executing the program stored in the RAM 22, the CPU 21 controls the tuner 12, as shown in FIG. 1, to control the tuner 12, and to execute the program from the television signal received by the tuner 12. An EPG extraction unit 32 that extracts EPG (Electronic Program Guide) data that is a schedule, a schedule management unit 33 that holds the EPG data and manages the broadcast schedule of programs, and a user input via the input unit 23. Manual reservation candidate reception control unit 34 for controlling the reception of reservation (recording reservation) candidates for recording processing, a program reservation candidate creation unit 35 for creating recording reservation candidates that are information related to recording reservation candidates for programs, and an input unit. A preference information reception control unit 36 that controls the reception of preference information relating to the recording process by the user input via the user interface 23; Preference information management unit 37 that manages preference information, program reservation information management unit 38 that creates and manages information (program reservation information) related to program recording processing based on program reservation candidates, and program reservation information management unit It has various functions such as a recording processing control unit 39 which is controlled by the content processing unit 13 and controls the content processing unit 13 to execute a recording process.
[0007] 例えば、ユーザ入力等に基づいて、チューナ制御部 31は、チューナ 12を制御し、 ユーザが所望するチャンネルの EPGデータを含む信号を、アンテナ 11を介して受信 する。 EPG抽出部 32は、その信号より EPGデータを抽出し、スケジュール管理部 33 に保持させる。  [0007] For example, the tuner control unit 31 controls the tuner 12 based on a user input or the like, and receives a signal including EPG data of a channel desired by the user via the antenna 11. The EPG extraction unit 32 extracts EPG data from the signal and causes the schedule management unit 33 to hold the EPG data.
[0008] ユーザが入力部 23を操作して、番組の録画処理の予約に関する情報を入力すると 、手動予約候補受付制御部 34は、その情報 (手動予約候補)を番組予約候補作成 部 35に供給する。番組予約候補作成部 35は、その手動予約候補に基づいて、番組 予約候補を作成する。  [0008] When the user operates the input unit 23 to input information related to the reservation of the recording process of the program, the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 34 supplies the information (manual reservation candidate) to the program reservation candidate creation unit 35. I do. The program reservation candidate creating section 35 creates a program reservation candidate based on the manual reservation candidate.
[0009] また、ユーザが入力部 23を操作して、例えば、録画したレ、番組のジャンルや番組 名のキーワード等の、番組の録画処理の予約に関する嗜好情報を入力すると、嗜好 情報受付制御部 36は、その情報 (嗜好情報)を嗜好情報管理部 37に供給する。嗜 好情報管理部 37は、番組予約候補作成部 35の要求に基づいて、その嗜好情報を 供給する。番組予約候補作成部 35は、嗜好情報管理部 37より供給された嗜好情報 に基づいて、スケジュール管理部 33に保持されている EPGデータに含まれる番組の 中から、嗜好情報に対応する番組を検索し、存在する場合は、その番組の予約候補 を作成する。 [0009] Further, when the user operates the input unit 23 to input, for example, preference information relating to the reservation of the recording process of the program, such as a recorded video, a genre of the program, and a keyword of the program name, the preference information reception control unit. 36 supplies the information (preference information) to the preference information management unit 37. The preference information management unit 37 supplies the preference information based on the request of the program reservation candidate creation unit 35. The program reservation candidate creating unit 35 stores the preference information supplied from the preference information management unit 37. The program corresponding to the preference information is searched from the programs included in the EPG data stored in the schedule management unit 33 based on the program, and if it exists, a reservation candidate for the program is created.
[0010] このようにして作成した番組予約候補を番組予約候補作成部 35は、番組予約情報 管理部 38に供給する。番組予約情報管理部 38は、取得した番組予約候補に基づ いて、番組予約情報を作成し、録画処理のスケジュールを管理する。そして、録画処 理を開始する時刻になると、チューナ制御部 31を介して、チューナ 12を制御し、録 画する番組を含む信号を受信させ、録画処理制御部 39を介して、コンテンツ処理部 13を制御し、受信した番組を記憶部 14に記憶させる。  [0010] The program reservation candidate creating unit 35 supplies the program reservation candidate created in this way to the program reservation information management unit 38. The program reservation information management unit 38 creates program reservation information based on the obtained program reservation candidates, and manages the schedule of the recording process. Then, at the time when the recording process starts, the tuner 12 is controlled via the tuner control unit 31 to receive a signal including the program to be recorded, and the content processing unit 13 is received via the recording process control unit 39. And the received program is stored in the storage unit 14.
[0011] すなわち、ハードディスクレコーダ 1は、ユーザにより入力された情報等に基づいて 、番組の録画処理の予約を行い、録画処理のスケジュールを管理し、そのスケジユー ルに基づレ、て録画処理を行う。  [0011] That is, the hard disk recorder 1 reserves a recording process of a program based on information or the like input by a user, manages a schedule of the recording process, and performs the recording process based on the schedule. Do.
[0012] 従って、ハードディスクレコーダ 1が複数存在する場合であっても、各ハードディスク レコーダ 1は互いに独立して動作するので、ユーザは、例えば、複数のハードデイス クレコーダ 1におレ、て録画予約を行う場合、それぞれに対して録画予約の作業を行 わなければならなかった。  [0012] Therefore, even when there are a plurality of hard disk recorders 1, the respective hard disk recorders 1 operate independently of each other, so that the user makes a recording reservation at the plurality of hard disk recorders 1, for example. In such a case, recording reservation work had to be performed for each.
[0013] また、各ハードディスクレコーダ 1において、同時に録画可能な番組数は、そのハー ドディスクレコーダ 1が有するチューナ 12の数に限定されてしまう。例えば、各ハード ディスクレコーダ 1のそれぞれを、互いに異なるユーザが管理している場合、あるユー ザは、 自分が管理するハードディスクレコーダ 1におレ、てのみ予約を行うことができる 力 そのハードディスクレコーダ 1が有するチューナの数より多くの番組を同時刻に録 画したいときに、他のハードディスクレコーダ 1を使用して録画予約を行うことができな レ、。 [0013] In each hard disk recorder 1, the number of programs that can be recorded simultaneously is limited to the number of tuners 12 included in the hard disk recorder 1. For example, if each of the hard disk recorders 1 is managed by a different user, a certain user can make a reservation only at the hard disk recorder 1 that he manages. If you want to record more programs than the number of tuners at the same time, you cannot use another hard disk recorder 1 to make a recording reservation.
[0014] これに対して、例えば、録画予約のスケジュール管理を行う録画管理装置を用いて 複数の録画装置に対する録画予約を管理する方法がある(例えば、特許文献 1参照 [0014] On the other hand, for example, there is a method of managing recording reservations for a plurality of recording devices using a recording management device that performs schedule management of recording reservations (for example, see Patent Document 1)
) o ) o
[0015] 特許文献 1 :特開平 7-21619号公報  Patent Document 1: JP-A-7-21619
発明の開示 発明が解決しょうとする課題 Disclosure of the invention Problems the invention is trying to solve
[0016] し力、しながら、以上のような方法の場合、番組を録画するハードディスクレコーダ 1 以外に録画管理装置を設ける必要があり、コストが増大してしまうという課題があった 。また、ユーザは、種類の異なる複数の装置を管理しなければならず、管理処理の負 荷が増大してしまう。  [0016] However, in the case of the above-described method, it is necessary to provide a recording management device other than the hard disk recorder 1 for recording a program, and there has been a problem that the cost increases. In addition, the user must manage a plurality of different types of devices, which increases the load of management processing.
[0017] また、以上のような方法の場合、各ハードディスクレコーダ 1のハードディスクの空き 容量を管理しないので、例えば、空き容量が番組を録画するのに十分でないハード ディスクを有するハードディスクレコーダ 1を用いて録画処理を行ってしまい、番組を 全て記録することができなレ、場合があった。  In the above method, since the free space of the hard disk of each hard disk recorder 1 is not managed, for example, the hard disk recorder 1 having a hard disk whose free space is not enough to record a program is used. In some cases, the recording process was performed and the entire program could not be recorded.
[0018] さらに、以上のような方法の場合、録画予約する番組の内容等を管理しないので、 同じ番組を複数録画してしまう恐れがあった。また、録画された番組を再生する場合 、ユーザは、各ハードディスクレコーダ 1を 1台ずつ操作して、その番組が記録されて レ、るハードディスクレコーダ 1を検索しなければならず、コンテンツデータの再生に煩 雑な作業を伴う場合があるという課題があった。  [0018] Further, in the above-described method, since the content of a program to be reserved for recording is not managed, there is a possibility that a plurality of the same programs are recorded. When playing back a recorded program, the user must operate each of the hard disk recorders 1 one by one to search for the hard disk recorder 1 on which the program is recorded. However, there is a problem that complicated work may be involved.
[0019] 本発明はこのような状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、複数の記録再生装置を用い る場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、 その記録した情報を再生したりすることができるようにするものである。  [0019] The present invention has been made in view of such a situation, and even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, it is possible to easily and flexibly cope with the problem and record information obtained from the outside. The recorded information can be reproduced.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0020] 本発明の第 1の記録装置は、受信する局を選局し、 目的のコンテンツデータを受信 するコンテンツデータ受信手段と、コンテンツデータ受信手段により受信されたコンテ ンッデータを記録するコンテンツデータ記録手段と、コンテンツデータ受信手段によ り受信されたコンテンツデータを、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の 記録装置に供給するコンテンツデータ供給手段と、記録するコンテンツデータを指定 する予約情報である第 1の予約情報を作成する第 1の予約情報作成手段と、他の記 録装置において作成された第 1の予約情報を、他の記録装置より収集する予約情報 収集手段と、第 1の予約情報作成手段により作成された第 1の予約情報、および、予 約情報収集手段により他の記録装置より収集された第 1の予約情報により指定される [0020] A first recording apparatus of the present invention is configured to select a receiving station, to receive a target content data, and to record content data received by the content data receiving means. Means, content data supply means for supplying the content data received by the content data receiving means to one or more other recording devices connected via a network, and reservation information for specifying the content data to be recorded First reservation information creating means for creating the first reservation information which is the first reservation information, and reservation information collecting means for collecting the first reservation information created in the other recording device from another recording device; The first reservation information created by the reservation information creation means of the first embodiment and the first reservation information collected from another recording device by the reservation information collection means. It is specified by about information
-タに対して、ネットワークを介して接続される各記録装置が実行する処 理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成する第 2の予約情報作成手段と、第 2の予約情 報作成手段により作成された第 2の予約情報を、ネットワークを介して他の記録装置 に供給する予約情報供給手段と、第 2の予約情報作成手段により作成された第 2の 予約情報を管理し、第 2の予約情報に基づいて、コンテンツデータ受信手段、コンテ ンッデータ記録手段、および、コンテンツデータ供給手段を制御し、コンテンツデー タを受信させ、受信したコンテンツデータを記録させる力 \若しくは、受信したコンテン ッデータをネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給して記録させる管理制御手段と を備えることを特徴とする。 Processing performed by each recording device connected via the network to the The second reservation information creating means for creating the second reservation information for making the reservation, and the second reservation information created by the second reservation information creating means are supplied to another recording device via the network. Managing the second reservation information created by the second reservation information creating means, and the content data receiving means, the content data recording means, and the content data recording means based on the second reservation information. A control means for controlling the supply means to receive the content data and record the received content data, or a management control means for supplying the received content data to another recording device via a network for recording. It is characterized by.
[0021] 前記第 2の予約情報には、コンテンツデータの受信に用いるコンテンツデータ受信 手段を、第 1の記録装置および他の記録装置が備える全てのコンテンツデータ受信 手段の中から特定する情報が含まれるようにすること力 Sできる。  [0021] The second reservation information includes information for specifying content data receiving means used for receiving content data from all content data receiving means provided in the first recording device and other recording devices. Power to be able to.
[0022] 前記管理制御手段は、第 2の予約情報において、記録装置が備えるコンテンツデ ータ受信手段が特定されるとともに、他の記録装置が備えるコンテンツデータ記録手 段が特定されてレ、る場合、コンテンツデータ受信手段を制御してコンテンツデータを 受信させ、コンテンツデータ供給手段を制御してコンテンツデータを他の記録装置に 供給させるようにすること力 Sできる。  [0022] In the second reservation information, the management control means specifies the content data receiving means provided in the recording device and specifies the content data recording means provided in another recording device. In this case, it is possible to control the content data receiving means to receive the content data and control the content data supply means to supply the content data to another recording apparatus.
[0023] 前記第 2の予約情報作成手段は、予約の対象とするコンテンツデータの放送時刻 および内容が重複する複数の予約が存在する場合、それらの内いずれか 1つのみを 第 2の予約情報として生成し、その他の予約は削除するようにすることができる。  [0023] When there are a plurality of reservations having the same broadcast time and content of the content data to be reserved, the second reservation information creating means stores only one of them in the second reservation information. And other reservations can be deleted.
[0024] 前記他の記録装置が有する各コンテンツデータ受信手段が受信可能な放送局に 関する情報を、他の記録装置の属性情報として、他の記録装置より収集する属性情 報収集手段をさらに備えるようにすることができる。  [0024] Attribute information collecting means for collecting information on a broadcast station that can be received by each content data receiving means of the other recording device from another recording device as attribute information of the other recording device is further provided. You can do so.
[0025] 前記他の記録装置が有する各コンテンツデータ記録手段の空き容量に関する情報 を、他の記録装置の属性情報として、他の記録装置より収集する属性情報収集手段 をさらに備えるようにすることができる。  [0025] The information processing apparatus may further include an attribute information collecting unit that collects information on the free space of each content data recording unit of the another recording device from another recording device as attribute information of the other recording device. it can.
[0026] 本発明の第 1の記録方法は、記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である 第 1の予約情報を作成する第 1の予約情報作成ステップと、通信部を制御し、ネットヮ ークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の記録装置において作成された第 1の予 約情報を、他の記録装置より収集させる予約情報収集制御ステップと、第 1の予約情 報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 1の予約情報、および、予約情報収集制 御ステップの処理により制御された通信部によって他の記録装置より収集された第 1 の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータに対して、ネットワークを介して接続さ れる各記録装置が実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成する第 2の予約情 報作成ステップと、通信部を制御し、第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成 された第 2の予約情報を、ネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給させる予約情報 供給制御ステップと、第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 2の予 約情報を管理し、第 2の予約情報に基づいて、受信部、記録部、および通信部を制 御し、コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記録させるカ 若 しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータをネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給して 記録させる管理制御ステップとを含むことを特徴とする。 [0026] A first recording method of the present invention provides a first reservation information creating step of creating first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, a communication unit, and a network. The first schedule created on one or more other recording devices connected via A reservation information collection control step for collecting contract information from another recording device, a first reservation information created by the processing of the first reservation information creation step, and a processing by the reservation information collection control step. Second reservation information for reserving a process to be executed by each recording device connected via the network with respect to the content data specified by the first reservation information collected from another recording device by the selected communication unit. A second reservation information creating step of creating a second reservation information, and controlling the communication unit to supply the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step to another recording device via a network. It manages the second reservation information created by the processing of the reservation information supply control step and the second reservation information creation step, and based on the second reservation information, the receiving section, the recording section, and the second section. Or a control step of controlling the communication unit to receive the content data and recording the received content data, or supplying the received content data to another recording device via a network for recording. And characterized in that:
[0027] 前記第 2の予約情報には、コンテンツデータの受信に用いる受信部を、記録装置 および他の記録装置が備える全ての受信部の中から特定する情報が含まれるように すること力 Sできる。 [0027] The second reservation information includes information for specifying a receiver used for receiving content data from among all receivers included in the recording device and other recording devices. it can.
[0028] 前記管理制御ステップは、第 2の予約情報において、記録装置が備える受信部が 特定されるとともに、他の記録装置が備える記録部が特定されている場合、受信部を 制御してコンテンツデータを受信させ、通信部を制御してコンテンツデータを他の記 録装置に供給させるようにすることができる。  [0028] In the management control step, in the second reservation information, the receiving unit provided in the recording device is specified, and when the recording unit provided in another recording device is specified, the receiving unit is controlled to control the content. The data can be received, and the communication unit can be controlled to supply the content data to another recording device.
[0029] 前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップは、予約の対象とするコンテンツデータの放送時 刻および内容が重複する複数の予約が存在する場合、それらの内いずれか 1つのみ を第 2の予約情報として生成し、その他の予約は削除するようにすることができる。  [0029] In the second reservation information creating step, when there are a plurality of reservations having the same broadcast time and the same content as the content data to be reserved, only one of them is used as the second reservation. It can be generated as information and other reservations can be deleted.
[0030] 前記通信部を制御し、他の記録装置が有する各受信部が受信可能な放送局に関 する情報を、他の記録装置の属性情報として、他の記録装置より収集させる属性情 報収集制御ステップをさらに含むようにすることができる。  [0030] Attribute information that controls the communication unit and causes the other recording devices to collect information on broadcast stations that can be received by each receiving unit from other recording devices as attribute information of the other recording devices. A collection control step may be further included.
[0031] 前記通信部を制御し、他の記録装置が有する各記録部の空き容量に関する情報 を、他の記録装置の属性情報として、他の記録装置より収集させる属性情報収集制 御ステップをさらに含むようにすることができる。 [0032] 本発明の第 1のプログラムは、記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報であ る第 1の予約情報を作成する第 1の予約情報作成ステップと、通信部を制御し、ネット ワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他のコンピュータにおいて作成された第 1の 予約情報を、他のコンピュータより収集させる予約情報収集制御ステップと、第 1の予 約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 1の予約情報、および、予約情報収 集制御ステップの処理により制御された通信部によって他のコンピュータより収集さ れた第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータに対して、ネットワークを介し て接続される各コンピュータが実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成する 第 2の予約情報作成ステップと、通信部を制御し、第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処 理により作成された第 2の予約情報を、ネットワークを介して他のコンピュータに供給 させる予約情報供給制御ステップと、第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成 された第 2の予約情報を管理し、第 2の予約情報に基づいて、受信部、記録部、およ び通信部を制御し、コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記 録させるか、若しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータをネットワークを介して他のコンビ ユータに供給して記録させる管理制御ステップとを含むことを特徴とする。 [0031] An attribute information collection control step of controlling the communication unit and collecting information on the free space of each recording unit of the other recording device as attribute information of the other recording device from another recording device is further included. Can be included. [0032] The first program of the present invention includes a first reservation information creation step of creating first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, a communication unit, and a network. The first reservation information created by one or more other computers connected via the other computer is collected from another computer by the reservation information collection control step and the first reservation information creation step. The first reservation information and the content data specified by the first reservation information collected from another computer by the communication unit controlled by the processing of the reservation information collection control step are transmitted via the network. A second reservation information generating step for reserving processing to be executed by each of the connected computers; a second reservation information generating step; A reservation information supply control step of supplying the second reservation information created by the processing of the contract information creation step to another computer via a network; and a second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step. And the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information to receive the content data, and to record the received content data, or And a management control step in which the received content data is supplied to another computer via a network and recorded.
[0033] 本発明の第 1の情報処理システムは、第 1の記録装置は、記録するコンテンツデー タを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報を作成し、通信部を用いて、ネットヮー クを介して接続される第 2の記録装置において作成された第 1の予約情報を収集し、 作成された第 1の予約情報、および、通信部を介して第 2の記録装置より収集された 第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータに対して第 1の装置または第 2の 記録装置が実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成し、通信部を用いて、作 成された第 2の予約情報を、ネットワークを介して第 2の記録装置に供給し、さらに、 作成された第 2の予約情報を管理し、第 2の予約情報に基づいて、受信部、記録部、 および通信部を制御し、コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータ を記録させる力、、若しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータをネットワークを介して第 2の 記録装置に供給して記録させ、第 2の記録装置は、第 1の予約情報を作成し、通信 部を用いて、ネットワークを介して接続される第 1の記録装置に第 1の予約情報を供 給し、通信部を用いて、第 1の記録装置より供給された第 2の予約情報を取得し、取 得した第 2の予約情報に基づいて、受信部、記録部、および通信部を制御し、コンテ ンッデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記録させるか、若しくは、受信 させたコンテンツデータをネットワークを介して第 1の記録装置に供給して記録させる ことを特徴とする。 [0033] In the first information processing system of the present invention, the first recording device creates first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, and uses the communication unit to perform network communication. The first reservation information created in the second recording device connected via the first recording device is collected, and the first reservation information created and the second reservation information collected from the second recording device via the communication unit are collected. The second reservation information for reserving the processing executed by the first device or the second recording device for the content data specified by the first reservation information is created, and the second reservation information created using the communication unit is created. The second reservation information is supplied to the second recording device via the network, the generated second reservation information is managed, and the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are communicated based on the second reservation information. Controls the unit to receive the content data The recording power of the content data or the received content data is supplied to the second recording device via the network and recorded thereon, and the second recording device creates the first reservation information, and To supply the first reservation information to the first recording device connected via the network, and to acquire the second reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit. , Take Based on the obtained second reservation information, the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled to receive the content data and to record the received content data, or to transmit the received content data to the network. Via the first recording device for recording.
[0034] 本発明の第 2の記録装置は、コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、 記録するコンテンツデータを指定するとともに、コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチュ ーナの種別を指定する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成手段と、予約情報作成手 段により作成された予約情報を、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の 記録装置の内、予約情報により指定される種別のチューナを有する他の記録装置に 供給する予約情報供給手段と、予約情報供給手段により予約情報が供給された他 の記録装置において予約情報に基づいて受信され、ネットワークを介して供給された コンテンツデータを取得するコンテンツデータ取得手段と、コンテンツデータ取得手 段により取得されたコンテンツデータを記録するコンテンツデータ記録手段とを備え ることを特 ί数とする。  [0034] The second recording apparatus of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data. The reserving information specifies the content data to be recorded and specifies the type of tuner necessary for receiving the content data. A reservation information generating means for generating information; and a tuner of a type designated by the reservation information among one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network, the reservation information generated by the reservation information generating means. The reservation information supply means for supplying the recording information to another recording device having the information, and the other recording device to which the reservation information is supplied by the reservation information supply means receives the content data received based on the reservation information and supplied via the network. Content data obtaining means for storing the content data obtained by the content data obtaining means. Data recording means.
[0035] 本発明の第 2の記録方法は、コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、 記録するコンテンツデータを指定するとともに、コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチュ ーナの種別を指定する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成ステップと、通信部を制御 し、予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された予約情報を、ネットワークを介して 接続される 1または複数の他の記録装置の内、予約情報により指定される種別のチ ユーナを有する他の記録装置に供給させる予約情報供給制御ステップと、通信部を 制御し、予約情報供給制御ステップの処理により制御されて予約情報が供給された 他の記録装置において予約情報に基づいて受信され、ネットワークを介して供給さ れたコンテンツデータを取得させるコンテンツデータ取得制御ステップと、記録部を 制御し、コンテンツデータ取得制御ステップの処理により制御されて取得されたコン テンッデータを記録させるコンテンツデータ記録制御ステップとを含むことを特徴とす る。  [0035] The second recording method of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data. The reservation information specifies the content data to be recorded and specifies the type of tuner required for receiving the content data. A reservation information creation step for creating information, and controlling the communication unit, the reservation information created by the processing of the reservation information creation step is stored in one or more other recording devices connected via a network. A recording information supply control step for supplying the recording information to another recording apparatus having a tuner of the type specified by the control section, and a recording apparatus for controlling the communication section and supplying the reservation information by being controlled by the processing of the reservation information supply control step. A content data acquisition control system for acquiring content data received on the device based on the reservation information and supplied via the network. And a content data recording control step of controlling the recording unit and recording the acquired content data controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step.
[0036] 本発明の第 2のプログラムは、コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、 記録するコンテンツデータを指定するとともに、コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチュ ーナの種別を指定する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成ステップと、通信部を制御 し、予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された予約情報を、ネットワークを介して 接続される 1または複数の他のコンピュータの内、予約情報により指定される種別の チューナを有する他のコンピュータに供給させる予約情報供給制御ステップと、通信 部を制御し、予約情報供給制御ステップの処理により制御されて予約情報が供給さ れた他のコンピュータにおいて予約情報に基づいて受信され、ネットワークを介して 供給されたコンテンツデータを取得させるコンテンツデータ取得制御ステップと、記録 部を制御し、コンテンツデータ取得制御ステップの処理により制御されて取得された コンテンツデータを記録させるコンテンツデータ記録制御ステップとを含むことを特徴 とする。 [0036] The second program of the present invention is reservation information for reserving recording of content data. The program designates content data to be recorded, and is a tuner required for receiving content data. A reservation information creating step for creating reservation information designating the type of the reservation information, and controlling one or more communication apparatuses to control the reservation information created by the reservation information creation step. Of a computer having a tuner of the type specified by the reservation information, and a communication unit, and controlling the communication unit to supply the reservation information by being controlled by the processing of the reservation information supply control step. A content data acquisition control step for acquiring the content data received via the network based on the reservation information by the other computer and controlling the recording unit, and controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step. Data recording control switch for recording the content data And a step.
[0037] 本発明の第 2の情報処理システムは、第 1の記録装置が、コンテンツデータの記録 を予約する予約情報であり、記録するコンテンツデータを指定するとともに、コンテン ッデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定する予約情報を作成し、通信部を用 いて、その作成された予約情報を、予約情報により指定される種別の受信部を有す る第 2の記録装置に供給し、通信部を用いて、第 2の記録装置において予約情報に 基づいて受信され、ネットワークを介して供給されたコンテンツデータを取得し、記録 部を用いて、その取得されたコンテンツデータを記録し、第 2の記録装置が、通信部 を用いて、第 1の記録装置より供給された予約情報を取得し、受信部を用いて、その 取得した予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータを受信し、通信部を用いて、そ の受信したコンテンツデータを第 1の記録装置に供給することを特徴とする。  [0037] In a second information processing system according to the present invention, the first recording device is reservation information for reserving recording of the content data, specifies the content data to be recorded, and sets a tuner required for receiving the content data. The reservation information specifying the type of the reservation is created, and the created reservation information is supplied to the second recording device having the receiving unit of the type specified by the reservation information by using the communication unit. The second recording device acquires the content data received based on the reservation information and supplied via the network using the recording unit, and records the acquired content data using the recording unit. The recording device acquires the reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit, and receives the content data specified by the acquired reservation information using the reception unit. Using the communication unit, and supplying the received content data of that in the first recording device.
[0038] 本発明の第 1の記録装置および方法、並びにプログラムにおいては、記録するコン テンッデータを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報が作成され、通信部が制御 されて、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の記録装置において作成さ れた第 1の予約情報が他の記録装置より収集され、第 1の予約情報により指定される コンテンツデータに対して、ネットワークを介して接続される各記録装置が実行する処 理を予約する第 2の予約情報が作成され、通信部が制御されて、第 2の予約情報が 、ネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給され、管理されている第 2の予約情報に 基づいて、受信部、記録部、および通信部が制御され、コンテンツデータが受信させ られ、受信させられたコンテンツデータが記録される力、若しくは、受信させられたコ ンテンッデータがネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給されて記録させられる。 [0038] In the first recording device and method and the program according to the present invention, first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, is created, the communication unit is controlled, and the communication unit is controlled. The first reservation information created in one or more other recording devices connected to the other recording device is collected from another recording device, and the content data specified by the first reservation information is collected via a network. Second reservation information for reserving processing to be executed by each connected recording device is created, the communication unit is controlled, and the second reservation information is supplied to another recording device via a network, and is managed. The receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information stored, and the content data is received. The received content data is recorded, or the received content data is supplied to another recording device via a network and recorded.
[0039] 本発明の第 2の記録装置および方法、並びにプログラムにおいては、コンテンツデ ータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録するコンテンツデータを指定するととも に、コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定する予約情報が作成さ れ、その作成された前記予約情報が、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の 他の記録装置の内、前記予約情報により指定される種別の前記チューナを有する他 の記録装置に供給され、その他の記録装置より供給された前記コンテンツデータが 取得され、その取得された前記コンテンツデータが記録される。  [0039] In the second recording device and method and the program according to the present invention, the recording information is reservation information for reserving recording of content data. The content data to be recorded is specified and necessary for receiving the content data. Reservation information that specifies the type of tuner is created, and the created reservation information is stored in one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network, of the type specified by the reservation information. The content data supplied to another recording device having a tuner and supplied from the other recording device is acquired, and the acquired content data is recorded.
[0040] 本発明の第 1の情報処理システムにおいては、第 1の記録装置において、記録する コンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報が作成され、ネットヮー クを介して接続される第 2の記録装置において作成された第 1の予約情報が収集さ れ、それらの第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータに対して第 1の装置ま たは第 2の記録装置が実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報が作成され、その作 成された第 2の予約情報が、ネットワークを介して第 2の記録装置に供給され、さらに 、作成された第 2の予約情報が管理され、その管理される第 2の予約情報に基づい て、受信部、記録部、および通信部が制御され、各種の処理が行われ、第 2の記録 装置において、第 1の予約情報が作成され、その第 1の予約情報が第 1の記録装置 に供給され、第 1の記録装置より供給された第 2の予約情報が取得され、その第 2の 予約情報に基づいて、受信部、記録部、および通信部が制御され、各種の処理が行 われる。 [0040] In the first information processing system of the present invention, the first recording device creates first reservation information, which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded, and is connected via a network. First reservation information created in the second recording device is collected, and the first device or the second recording device executes the content data specified by the first reservation information. Second reservation information for reserving processing is created, the created second reservation information is supplied to a second recording device via a network, and the created second reservation information is managed. The receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the managed second reservation information, various processes are performed, and the first reservation information is created in the second recording device. , The first reservation information is the first The second reservation information supplied to the recording device and supplied from the first recording device is obtained, and the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit are controlled based on the second reservation information, and various processings are performed. Is performed.
[0041] 本発明の第 2の情報処理システムにおいては、第 1の記録装置において、コンテン ッデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録するコンテンツデータを指定すると ともに、コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定する予約情報が作 成され、その作成された予約情報が、予約情報により指定される種別の受信部を有 する第 2の記録装置に供給され、第 2の記録装置よりネットワークを介して供給された コンテンツデータが取得され、その取得されたコンテンツデータが記録され、第 2の記 録装置において、第 1の記録装置より供給された予約情報が取得され、その取得さ れた予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータが受信され、その受信したコンテン ッデータが第 1の記録装置に供給される。 [0041] In the second information processing system of the present invention, in the first recording device, the recording information is reservation information for reserving recording of content data. Reservation information that specifies the type of tuner is created, and the created reservation information is supplied to a second recording device having a receiving unit of the type specified by the reservation information, and the second recording device outputs a network. Content data supplied through the first recording device is acquired, the acquired content data is recorded, and the reservation information supplied from the first recording device is acquired in the second recording device. The content data specified by the received reservation information is received, and the received content data is supplied to the first recording device.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0042] 本発明によれば、情報を処理することができる。特に、複数の記録再生装置を用い る場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、 その記録した情報を再生したりすることができる。  According to the present invention, information can be processed. In particular, even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, it is possible to more easily and flexibly cope with the problem, to record information acquired from outside, and to reproduce the recorded information.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0043] [図 1]従来のハードディスクレコーダの構成例を示す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 1 is a functional block diagram showing a configuration example of a conventional hard disk recorder.
[図 2]本発明を適用した番組録画システムの構成例を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a program recording system to which the present invention is applied.
[図 3]図 1の第 1ハードディスクレコーダの構成例を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a first hard disk recorder of FIG. 1.
[図 4]図 1の第 2ハードディスクレコーダの構成例を示すブロック図である。  FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a second hard disk recorder of FIG. 1.
[図 5]図 3および図 4の CPU71により実行される予約制御プログラムの構成例を示す 模式図である。  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration example of a reservation control program executed by a CPU 71 in FIGS. 3 and 4.
[図 6]マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 6 is a flowchart illustrating a master / slave selection process.
[図 7]マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を説明する、図 6に続くフローチャートである。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating master / slave selection processing, continued from FIG. 6;
[図 8]マスタであるハードディスクレコーダの録画処理の予約に関する機能を説明す るための機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions relating to reservation of recording processing of a hard disk recorder as a master.
[図 9]スレーブであるハードディスクレコーダの録画処理の予約に関する機能を説明 するための機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions relating to reservation of recording processing of a hard disk recorder as a slave.
[図 10]予約処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating a reservation process.
[図 11]番組予約情報作成処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating program reservation information creation processing.
[図 12]番組予約情報作成処理を説明する、図 11に続くフローチャートである。  FIG. 12 is a flowchart illustrating the program reservation information creating process, continued from FIG. 11;
[図 13]予約候補リストを作成する様子の例を説明するための模式図である。  FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation candidate list is created.
[図 14]予約情報リストを作成する様子の例を説明するための模式図である。  FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation information list is created.
[図 15]予約情報リストを供給する様子の例を説明するための模式図である。  FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram for explaining an example of how a reservation information list is supplied.
[図 16]番組予約管理処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating a program reservation management process.
[図 17]マスタであるハードディスクレコーダの再生処理に関する機能を説明するため の機能ブロック図である。 [図 18]スレーブであるハードディスクレコーダの再生処理に関する機能を説明するた めの機能ブロック図である。 FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to a reproduction process of a hard disk recorder serving as a master. FIG. 18 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to a reproduction process of a hard disk recorder as a slave.
[図 19]再生処理を説明するフローチャートである。  FIG. 19 is a flowchart illustrating a reproduction process.
符号の説明  Explanation of symbols
[0044] 50 番組録画システム, 51 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ, 52 第 2ハードデイス クレコーダ, 53 第 3ハードディスクレコーダ, 54 ネットワーク, 71 CPU, 78 通信制御部, 81 第 1チューナ, 87 記憶部, 91 コンテンツ記憶部, 92 制御情報記憶部, 100 コンテンツ処理部, 121 第 2チューナ, 130 コンテン ッ処理部, 150 予約制御プログラム, 151 マスタ/スレーブ選択プログラム, 1 52 スレーブ用予約制御プログラム, 153 マスタ用予約制御プログラム, 164 番組予約候補作成部, 165 手動予約候補受付制御部, 166 嗜好情報受付制 御部, 167 嗜好情報管理部, 168 番組予約情報作成部, 169 番組予約候 補要求部, 170 装置情報要求部, 171 番組予約候補取得制御部, 172 装 置情報取得制御部, 173 番組予約情報供給制御部, 174 番組予約情報管理 部, 181 番組予約候補要求取得制御部, 182 番組予約候補供給制御部, 1 83 番組予約情報取得制御部, 184 装置情報要求取得制御部, 185 装置情 報管理部, 186 装置情報供給制御部, 191一 1乃至 191一 3 予約候補群, 21 1_1乃至 211—3 装置情報, 240 予約候補リスト, 250 装置情報リスト, 260 予約情報リスト, 301 再生指示受付制御部, 302 コンテンツ管理部, 303 録画済み番組情報管理部, 304 録画済み番組情報保持部, 305 コンテンツ 要求供給部, 306 コンテンツ取得部, 307 再生制御部, 308 コンテンツ要 求取得部, 309 コンテンツ供給部, 310 録画済み番組情報要求取得部, 31 1 録画済み番組情報供給部, 321 録画済み番組情報要求供給部, 322 録 画済み番組情報取得部  [0044] 50 program recording system, 51 1st hard disk recorder, 52 2nd hard disk recorder, 53 3rd hard disk recorder, 54 network, 71 CPU, 78 communication control unit, 81 first tuner, 87 storage unit, 91 content storage unit , 92 control information storage section, 100 content processing section, 121 second tuner, 130 content processing section, 150 reservation control program, 151 master / slave selection program, 1 52 slave reservation control program, 153 master reservation control program, 164 program reservation candidate creation section, 165 manual reservation candidate reception control section, 166 preference information reception control section, 167 preference information management section, 168 program reservation information creation section, 169 program reservation candidate request section, 170 device information request section, 171 program reservation candidate acquisition control unit, 172 device information acquisition control unit, 173 program reservation information supply control unit, 174 program reservation information management unit, 181 Program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit, 182 program reservation candidate supply control unit, 183 program reservation information acquisition control unit, 184 device information request acquisition control unit, 185 device information management unit, 186 device information supply control unit, 1911-11 To 1913 reservation candidate group, 21 1_1 to 211-3 device information, 240 reservation candidate list, 250 device information list, 260 reservation information list, 301 playback instruction reception control unit, 302 content management unit, 303 recorded program information management Unit, 304 recorded program information holding unit, 305 content request supply unit, 306 content acquisition unit, 307 playback control unit, 308 content request acquisition unit, 309 content supply unit, 310 recorded program information request acquisition unit, 31 1 recording Recorded program information supply unit, 321 Recorded program information request supply unit, 322 Recorded program information acquisition unit
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0045] 以下に、本発明の実施の形態について図面を参照して説明する。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
[0046] 図 2は、本発明を適用した番組録画システムの構成例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a program recording system to which the present invention is applied.
[0047] 図 2において、番組録画システム 50は、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51、第 2ハード ディスクレコーダ 52、および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53を含むシステムであり、こ れらの 3台のハードディスクレコーダを用いて図示せぬ複数の放送局より放送される 番組を録画する(放送局より供給されるテレビジョン信号に含まれるコンテンツデータ を記録する)システムである。 In FIG. 2, the program recording system 50 includes a first hard disk recorder 51 and a second hard disk recorder 51. This is a system including a disk recorder 52 and a third hard disk recorder 53. The three hard disk recorders are used to record programs broadcast from a plurality of broadcast stations (not shown) (supplied from the broadcast stations). This system records content data contained in television signals.
[0048] 放送局による番組を提供するサービスである放送サービスは、複数種類のサービス が存在し、例えば、放送局が、地上の放送塔を介して VHF (Very High Frequency :超 短波(100MHz帯))や UHF (Ultra High Frequency :極超短波(200MHz 400MHz帯) )等の周波数帯の、コンテンツデータを含むアナログ信号またはデジタル信号を受信 側に供給することにより番組を放送する地上波放送 (地上波アナログ放送または地上 波デジタル放送)や、放送局が、放送用人工衛星(BS : Broadcasting Satellite)を利用 して、コンテンツデータを含むアナログ信号またはデジタル信号を受信側に供給する ことにより番組を放送する BS放送 (BSアナログ放送または BSデジタル放送)等が存在 する。この他にも、例えば、放送局が、通信用人工衛星(CS : Communications Satellite)を利用して、コンテンツデータを含むデジタル信号を受信側に供給すること により番組を放送する CSデジタル放送等も存在する。さらに、無線方式の放送サー ビスだけでなぐ放送局が、専用線を介してコンテンツデータを含むデータを受信が わに供給することにより番組を放送するケーブルテレビ(CATV: Community Antenna Television)等のように、有線による放送サービスも存在する。 [0048] There are a plurality of types of broadcasting services, which are programs that provide programs provided by broadcasting stations. For example, a broadcasting station transmits a VHF (Very High Frequency: ultra high frequency (100 MHz band) via a terrestrial broadcasting tower. Terrestrial broadcasting (terrestrial analog) that broadcasts programs by supplying analog or digital signals containing content data to the receiving side in frequency bands such as) and UHF (Ultra High Frequency). Broadcasting or terrestrial digital broadcasting) or a broadcasting station that broadcasts a program by using a broadcasting artificial satellite (BS) to supply analog or digital signals containing content data to the receiving side. Broadcasting (BS analog broadcasting or BS digital broadcasting) is available. In addition to this, for example, there is a CS digital broadcast in which a broadcasting station broadcasts a program by using a communication satellite (CS) to supply a digital signal including content data to a receiving side. I do. In addition, broadcasting stations that use only wireless broadcasting services, such as cable television (CATV: Community Antenna Television), broadcast programs by supplying data, including content data, over a dedicated line. In addition, there is a cable broadcasting service.
[0049] このように、各放送サービスにおいては、利用される信号の種類や供給方法等が異 なるため、これらのサービスを利用するためには、互いに異なるチューナが必要であ る。また、これらの各放送サービスにおいては、複数の放送局が複数のチャンネルを 用いて番組を放送しており、 1つの放送サービスにおいても、複数の番組 (チャンネ ノレ)を受信するためには、複数のチューナが必要である。  [0049] As described above, since the types of signals used and the supply methods are different in each broadcasting service, different tuners are required to use these services. In each of these broadcasting services, a plurality of broadcasting stations broadcast programs using a plurality of channels. In order to receive a plurality of programs (channels) in one broadcasting service, a plurality of broadcasting stations are required. Need a tuner.
[0050] 番組録画システム 50は、このような放送サービスにおいて、それぞれがチューナを 有する複数のハードディスクレコーダを用いることにより、複数の番組(1つまたは複 数の放送サービスにおいて放送される複数の番組)を同時に記録 (録画)し、記録後 に、ユーザが 1つずつ、または複数同時に、記録された番組を視聴するためのシステ ムである。 [0051] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、音声データや 画像データを含むコンテンツデータ等の情報を、ハードディスク等の記録媒体に記 録したり、そのハードディスクに記録されている情報(コンテンツデータ)を再生したり する記録再生装置である。第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、アンテナ 61を有してお り、このアンテナ 61を介して図示せぬ放送局より供給されるテレビジョン信号等を受 信し、その信号に含まれるコンテンツデータを内蔵するハードディスクに記録する。同 様に、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52は、アンテナ 62を有しており、このアンテナ 62を 介して図示せぬ放送局より供給されるテレビジョン信号等を受信し、その信号に含ま れるコンテンツデータを内蔵するハードディスクに記録する。第 3ハードディスクレコー ダ 53は、後述するように、互いに異なる放送サービスのテレビジョン信号に対応する 2つのチューナを内蔵しており、それぞれに対応する 2つのアンテナ 63およびアンテ ナ 64を有している。第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、アンテナ 63またはアンテナ 64 を介して図示せぬ放送局より供給されるテレビジョン信号等を受信し、その信号に含 まれるコンテンツデータを内蔵するハードディスクに記録する。 [0050] In such a broadcasting service, the program recording system 50 uses a plurality of hard disk recorders each having a tuner to provide a plurality of programs (a plurality of programs broadcast in one or a plurality of broadcasting services). This is a system that allows users to view recorded programs one at a time or at the same time after recording. [0051] The first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 record information such as content data including audio data and image data on a recording medium such as a hard disk, or record information (for example, This is a recording / playback device that plays back content data. The first hard disk recorder 51 has an antenna 61, receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station (not shown) via the antenna 61, and incorporates content data included in the signal. Record on the hard disk. Similarly, the second hard disk recorder 52 has an antenna 62, receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcasting station (not shown) via the antenna 62, and converts content data included in the signal. Record on the internal hard disk. As will be described later, the third hard disk recorder 53 has two built-in tuners corresponding to television signals of different broadcasting services, and has two antennas 63 and antennas 64 corresponding to the respective tuners. . The third hard disk recorder 53 receives a television signal or the like supplied from a broadcast station (not shown) via the antenna 63 or the antenna 64, and records the content data included in the signal on a built-in hard disk.
[0052] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53のそれぞれが内 蔵するチューナが受信可能な放送サービス(アンテナ 61乃至アンテナ 64が対応す る放送サービス)はどのような放送サービスであってもよぐ全て同じ放送サービスを 受信することができるようにしてもよいし、これらの一部または全部が互いに異なる放 送サービスを受信することができるようにしてももちろん良い。また、第 1ハードデイス クレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53 (が内蔵するチューナ)は、それぞれ 、アンテナ 61乃至 64を介して番組を受信するように説明した力 これに限らず、放送 局より有線を介して提供される番組を受信できるようにしてもよい。  [0052] The broadcast service (the broadcast service corresponding to the antennas 61 to 64) that can be received by the tuner incorporated in each of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 is any broadcast service. It is also possible to make it possible to receive the same broadcast service, or to allow some or all of them to receive different broadcast services. Further, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuners built in) are the powers described so as to receive the programs via the antennas 61 to 64, respectively. It may also be possible to receive a program provided by the user.
[0053] 以下においては、説明を簡略化するために、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51 (が内 蔵する、アンテナ 61に対応するチューナ)、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52 (が内蔵す る、アンテナ 62に対応するチューナ)、および、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53 (が内 蔵する、アンテナ 63に対応するチューナ)が、地上波アナログ放送を受信し、第 3の ハードディスクレコーダ 53 (が内蔵する、アンテナ 64に対応するチューナ)が、 BSデ ジタル放送を受信するものとして説明する。 [0054] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、さらに、ネット ワーク 54を介して、互いに接続されている。ネットワーク 54は、例えば、イーサネット( 登録商標) (Ethernet(R))や IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) 1 394等を利用したネットワークであり、集線装置 (HUB)等を介して各装置が接続され る LAN (Local Area Network)である。なお、ネットワーク 54は、複数のネットワークによ り構成されていてもよぐ例えば、インターネット(Internet)や専用線等を利用した WAN (Wide Area Network)を含んでいてもよレ、。その場合、各ハードディスクレコー ダは、ハブだけでなくモデム、ルータ(router)、またはリピータ(repeater)等を介して 接続される。なお、このネットワークは有線により構成されるネットワークであってもよ レヽし、 IEEE802. l la、 IEEE802. 1 lb、または、 IEEE802. 1 lg等を禾 Ij用した無線通 信により構成されるネットワークであってもよい。 In the following, in order to simplify the description, for the sake of simplicity, the first hard disk recorder 51 (a tuner built in and corresponding to the antenna 61) and the second hard disk recorder 52 (a tuner corresponding to the built-in antenna 62) The tuner) and the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuner corresponding to the antenna 63 incorporated therein) receive the terrestrial analog broadcast, and the third hard disk recorder 53 (the tuner corresponding to the antenna 64 incorporated therein). ) Is assumed to receive BS digital broadcasting. The first to third hard disk recorders 51 to 53 are further connected to each other via a network 54. The network 54 is a network using, for example, Ethernet (registered trademark) (Ethernet (R)) or IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers) 1394, and is connected to each device via a concentrator (HUB). This is a local area network (LAN). The network 54 may be composed of a plurality of networks. For example, the network 54 may include a WAN (Wide Area Network) using the Internet or a dedicated line. In this case, each hard disk recorder is connected via a modem, a router, a repeater, or the like, as well as a hub. This network may be a wired network, and may be a wireless network using IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.lb, or IEEE802.lg, etc. There may be.
[0055] このように互いに接続された第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレ コーダ 53は、各装置において登録された録画処理に関する予約情報を全体で一元 管理し、システム全体を用いて最適な方法で録画処理を行う。  [0055] The first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 connected to each other as described above integrally manage reservation information on recording processing registered in each device as a whole, and use an optimal method using the entire system. To perform the recording process.
[0056] 番組録画システム 50においては、後述するように、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃 至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の内、いずれか 1つが、予約情報を制御(管理)する マスタとなり、各装置において登録された予約情報を、ネットワーク 54を介して収集し 、全ての予約情報を整理して、各装置の資源 (チューナやハードディスク等)を有効 に利用して録画処理を行うように、番組録画システムの全てのハードディスクレコーダ に対して最適な録画処理のスケジュールを立て、各装置に予約情報を割り当てる。 マスタおよびマスタ以外のハードディスクレコーダ(スレーブ)は、その割り当てられた 予約情報に基づいて、録画処理を行う。  [0056] In the program recording system 50, as described later, one of the first hard disk recorders 51 to 53 functions as a master for controlling (managing) the reservation information, and is registered in each device. The collected reservation information is collected via the network 54, all the reservation information is organized, and the recording processing of the program recording system is performed so that the recording processing is performed by effectively using the resources (tuners, hard disks, etc.) of each device. Schedule the optimal recording process for all hard disk recorders and assign reservation information to each device. The master and the hard disk recorders (slaves) other than the master perform the recording process based on the assigned reservation information.
[0057] 例えば、 1台のハードディスクレコーダにおいて、互いに同時刻に互いに異なる番 組を録画するように指示する予約情報がチューナ数以上登録されている場合、その ハードディスクレコーダのみでは、それらの予約情報どおりに録画処理を行うことがで きなレ、(チューナが足りなレ、)ので、マスタは、それらの予約情報の内、レ、くつかを他 のハードディスクレコーダに割り当て、同時刻に行う録画処理がチューナ数以上にな らなレ、ように予約情報を整理する。 [0058] また、複数のハードディスクレコーダにおいて、内容が重複する予約情報が存在す る場合、マスタは、それらの予約情報を 1つにまとめ、番組録画システム 50の資源(チ ユーナゃハードディスク等)を有効に利用するように予約情報を整理する。 [0057] For example, if the reservation information for instructing to record different programs at the same time in one hard disk recorder is registered in the number of tuners or more, only the hard disk recorder uses the same reservation information as the reservation information. The master cannot allocate the recording process to other hard disk recorders in the reservation information because the recording process cannot be performed at the same time (the tuner is insufficient). If the number of tuners exceeds the number of tuners, organize the reservation information in such a way. [0058] In addition, when there are pieces of reservation information having duplicate contents in a plurality of hard disk recorders, the master combines the pieces of reservation information into one and uses the resources of the program recording system 50 (such as a hard disk and a hard disk). Organize reservation information for effective use.
[0059] さらに、マスタは、番組の録画処理に必要な(すなわち、番組を受信するのに必要 な)チューナを特定し、そのチューナを有するハードディスクレコーダにその録画処理 に対応する予約情報を割り当てたり、ハードデイスの空き容量の大きさが十分である( 番組の全てを録画することができる)ハードディスクレコーダを選択し、予約情報を割 り当てたりする。  [0059] Further, the master specifies a tuner necessary for the recording process of the program (that is, necessary for receiving the program), and assigns reservation information corresponding to the recording process to a hard disk recorder having the tuner. Select a hard disk recorder that has enough free space on the hard disk (it can record all programs) and assign reservation information.
[0060] 図 3は、図 1の第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の内部の構成例を示す図である。  FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of the internal configuration of the first hard disk recorder 51 of FIG.
[0061] 図 3において、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の CPU (Central Processing Unit) 71 は、 ROM (Read Only Memory) 72に記憶されているプログラムに従って各種の処理 を実行し、装置内の各部を制御する等の処理を行う。 RAM (Random Access Memory ) 73には、 CPU71が各種の処理を実行する上において必要なデータやプログラムな どが適宜記憶される。 In FIG. 3, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 executes various processes according to a program stored in a ROM (Read Only Memory) 72 and controls each unit in the apparatus. And so on. A RAM (Random Access Memory) 73 appropriately stores data, programs, and the like necessary for the CPU 71 to execute various processes.
[0062] CPU71 , ROM72,および RAM73は、バス 74を介して相互に接続されている。この バス 74にはまた、必要に応じてドライブ 75が接続され、磁気ディスク、光ディスク、光 磁気ディスク、或いは半導体メモリなどの制御情報用リムーバブルメディア 76が適宜 装着され、それらから読み出されたコンピュータプログラムやデータ力 S、必要に応じて 、後述する記憶部 87の制御情報記憶部 92にインストールされる。  [0062] The CPU 71, the ROM 72, and the RAM 73 are mutually connected via a bus 74. A drive 75 is connected to the bus 74 as necessary, and a removable media 76 for control information such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory is appropriately attached thereto, and a computer program read out from the medium is read. It is installed in a control information storage unit 92 of a storage unit 87 to be described later, as required.
[0063] CPU71は、 ROM72に記録されているプログラムやデータ、または、制御情報用リム 一バブルメディア 76等よりインストールされ、 RAM73にロードされたプログラムゃデー タを用いて、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の各部を制御し、番組の録画処理や、録 画処理の予約処理等を行う。  The CPU 71 uses the program and data recorded in the ROM 72 or the program / data installed from the control information removable medium 76 and the like and loaded into the RAM 73 to store the first hard disk recorder 51. It controls each unit to perform program recording processing and recording processing reservation processing.
[0064] バス 74にはまた、ボタンやジョグダイヤル等により構成されユーザによる入力を受け 付ける入力部 77、他の装置と通信を行う通信用インタフェース 79を制御する通信制 御部 78、並びに、 GUI (Graphical User Interface)等のグラフィック処理を行うグラフィ ック処理コントローラ 80が接続されている。  [0064] The bus 74 also includes an input unit 77 constituted by buttons, a jog dial, and the like, which receives an input from a user, a communication control unit 78, which controls a communication interface 79 for communicating with other devices, and a GUI ( A graphic processing controller 80 that performs graphic processing such as Graphical User Interface) is connected.
[0065] 入力部 77は、ボタンやジョグダイヤル等の他に、図示せぬ専用のリモートコントロー ラより供給される赤外線信号を受信するインタフェースである赤外線受信部 77Aを有 してレ、る。図示せぬリモートコントローラは、ユーザインタフェースの 1つであり、各種 の制御用ボタン等が設けられている。このリモートコントローラは、赤外線方式の無線 信号 (赤外線信号)を出力する赤外線送信部を有しており、赤外線信号を用いて、ュ 一ザにより操作されたボタン等に対応する制御信号を第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51 に供給する。なお、このリモートコントローラと第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51との間に おける赤外線無線通信は、例えば、 IrDA (InfraRed Data Association)等の標準規格 に基づレ、て行われるようにしてもょレ、し、専用のプロトコルを用いて行われるようにし てもよい。 [0065] The input unit 77 includes a dedicated remote control (not shown) in addition to the buttons and the jog dial. It has an infrared receiver 77A, which is an interface for receiving the infrared signal supplied from the camera. The remote controller (not shown) is one of the user interfaces, and is provided with various control buttons and the like. This remote controller has an infrared transmission unit that outputs an infrared wireless signal (infrared signal), and uses the infrared signal to send a control signal corresponding to a button or the like operated by a user to the first hard disk. Supply to recorder 51. The infrared wireless communication between the remote controller and the first hard disk recorder 51 may be performed based on a standard such as, for example, IrDA (InfraRed Data Association). It may be performed using a dedicated protocol.
[0066] 通信制御部 78は、 CPU71に制御される等して、通信用インタフェース部 79を介し て接続された他の装置との通信を制御する。通信用インタフェース部 79は、例えば、 Ethernet(R)や IEEE1394等の各種の通信用端子を有しており、それぞれ、専用のケ 一ブルを介して他の装置を接続し、ネットワークを構築することができる。例えば、通 信用インタフェース部 79の Ethernet(R)端子を介して第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52ま たは第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53が接続されている場合、通信制御部 78は、 CPU7 1に制御され、 TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol)等のプロト コルを用いてそれらの他のハードディスクレコーダと通信を行い、バス 74を介して供 給された情報を、通信用インタフェースを介して他のハードディスクレコーダに供給し たり、他のハードディスクレコーダより供給された情報を、バス 74を介して CPU71等に 供給したりする。  The communication control unit 78 controls communication with another device connected via the communication interface unit 79, for example, under the control of the CPU 71. The communication interface unit 79 has various communication terminals, such as Ethernet (R) and IEEE1394, and connects to other devices via dedicated cables to construct a network. Can be. For example, when the second hard disk recorder 52 or the third hard disk recorder 53 is connected via the Ethernet (R) terminal of the communication interface unit 79, the communication control unit 78 is controlled by the CPU 71 to control the TCP / It communicates with these other hard disk recorders using protocols such as IP (Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol), and transfers information supplied via the bus 74 to other hard disk recorders via a communication interface. It supplies the information supplied from other hard disk recorders to the CPU 71 via the bus 74.
[0067] グラフィック処理コントローラ 80は、 CPU71に制御され、例えばメニュー画面等のよ うな GUIや、画像に重畳させる文字データを画像情報として作成し、バス 74を介して 表示制御部 86に供給することにより、それらの画像情報をモニタ 112に表示させる。  The graphic processing controller 80 is controlled by the CPU 71 to create, for example, a GUI such as a menu screen or the like and character data to be superimposed on an image as image information, and supply it to the display control unit 86 via the bus 74. Thus, the image information is displayed on the monitor 112.
[0068] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、アンテナ 61を介して地上波アナログ放送を受信 する第 1チューナ 81を有している。第 1チューナ 81は、バス 74に接続されており、 CPU71に制御され、受信するテレビジョン信号のチャンネル (周波数)を調整して目 的の番組を受信し、受信した信号を復調部 82に供給する。  The first hard disk recorder 51 has a first tuner 81 that receives a terrestrial analog broadcast via the antenna 61. The first tuner 81 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71, adjusts the channel (frequency) of the received television signal, receives the desired program, and supplies the received signal to the demodulation unit 82 I do.
[0069] 復調部 82は、バス 74に接続されており、 CPU71に制御され、第 1チューナ 81より 供給された信号を復調してコンテンツデータ等を含むトランスポートストリームを抽出 すると、そのトランスポートストリームをデコーダ 83に供給する。デコーダ 83は、バス 7 4に接続されており、バス 74を介して CPU71に制御され、復調部 82より供給されたト ランスポートストリームをコンテンツ用メモリ 84に保持し、その保持されているトランス ポートストリームをデコード (復号)し、文字データ等の制御データ、音声データ、また は画像データ等、各種のデータをそれぞれ抽出する。例えば、デコーダ 83は、抽出 した制御データを、バス 74を介してグラフィック処理コントローラ 80に供給したり、抽 出した音声データを音声データ出力制御部 85に供給したり、抽出した画像データを 表示制御部 86に供給したりする。また、デコーダ 83は、トランスポートストリームより抽 出した制御データ、音声データ、および画像データ等を、バス 74を介して記憶部 87 のコンテンツ記憶部 91に供給し、記憶させる。 [0069] The demodulation unit 82 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71, and receives a signal from the first tuner 81. When the supplied signal is demodulated to extract a transport stream including content data and the like, the transport stream is supplied to the decoder 83. The decoder 83 is connected to the bus 74, is controlled by the CPU 71 via the bus 74, stores the transport stream supplied from the demodulation unit 82 in the content memory 84, and stores the transport stream. The stream is decoded and various data such as control data such as character data, audio data, and image data are extracted. For example, the decoder 83 supplies the extracted control data to the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74, supplies the extracted audio data to the audio data output control unit 85, and controls the display of the extracted image data. Or supply to part 86. Further, the decoder 83 supplies control data, audio data, image data, and the like extracted from the transport stream to the content storage unit 91 of the storage unit 87 via the bus 74 and stores them.
[0070] 音声データ出力制御部 85は、デコーダ 83より供給された、 PCM (Pulse Code  [0070] The audio data output control unit 85 controls the PCM (Pulse Code
Modulation)等でコード化されている音声データをデコードし、その音声信号を第 1ハ ードディスクレコーダ 51に接続されたスピーカ 111に供給し、出力させる。表示制御 部 86は、デコーダ 83より供給された、 MPEG2 (Moving Picture Experts Group 2)方 式等で圧縮されている画像データを伸張し、その画像信号を第 1ハードディスクレコ ーダ 51に接続されたモニタ 112に供給し、表示させる。また、表示制御部 86は、バス 74に接続されており、このバス 74を介してグラフィック処理コントローラ 80より供給さ れた GUI等の画像情報を、デコーダ 83より供給される画像データに合成し、 1つの画 像データとしてモニタ 112に供給し、表示させる。  The audio data coded by Modulation) is decoded, and the audio signal is supplied to a speaker 111 connected to the first hard disk recorder 51 and output. The display control unit 86 expands the image data compressed by the MPEG2 (Moving Picture Experts Group 2) method or the like supplied from the decoder 83, and connects the image signal to the first hard disk recorder 51. It is supplied to the monitor 112 and displayed. The display control unit 86 is connected to the bus 74, and combines image information such as a GUI supplied from the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74 with image data supplied from the decoder 83, The data is supplied to the monitor 112 as one image data and displayed.
[0071] バス 87には、さらに、記憶部 87およびドライブ 88が接続されている。記憶部 87は、 ハードディスク等の記録媒体を含み、各部より供給された情報を記憶したり、各部より 要求された情報を検索して読み出し、供給したりする。記憶部 87の記憶領域には、 画像データや音声データ等のコンテンツデータを記憶するためのコンテンツ記憶部 9 1、並びに、制御データ等を記憶するための制御情報記憶部 92を有している。ドライ ブ 88は、必要に応じてバス 74に接続され、適宜装着される磁気ディスク、光ディスク 、光磁気ディスク、或いは半導体メモリなどのコンテンツ用リムーバブルメディア 89に 、バス 74を介して取得した画像データや音声データ等のコンテンツデータを記録す る。 [0071] The storage unit 87 and the drive 88 are further connected to the bus 87. The storage unit 87 includes a recording medium such as a hard disk, and stores information supplied from each unit, or retrieves, reads, and supplies information requested by each unit. The storage area of the storage unit 87 includes a content storage unit 91 for storing content data such as image data and audio data, and a control information storage unit 92 for storing control data and the like. The drive 88 is connected to the bus 74 as necessary, and is connected to a removable medium 89 for content such as a magnetic disk, optical disk, magneto-optical disk, or semiconductor memory, which is appropriately mounted. Record content data such as audio data The
[0072] なお、以下において、説明の簡略化のため、上述した復調部 82、デコーダ 83、コ ンテンッ用メモリ 84、音声データ出力部 85、表示制御部 86、記憶部 87、ドライブ 88 、並びにコンテンツ用リムーバブルメディア 89を、特に個別に説明する必要の無い場 合、コンテンツを処理するコンテンツ処理部 100としてまとめて説明する。また、第 2ハ ードディスクレコーダ 52の内部の構成は、図 3に示される第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の内部の構成例と基本的に同様であるので、その説明を省略する。  In the following, for the sake of simplicity, the demodulation unit 82, decoder 83, content memory 84, audio data output unit 85, display control unit 86, storage unit 87, drive 88, and content Unless it is particularly necessary to separately describe the removable media 89 for use, they are collectively described as a content processing unit 100 that processes content. The internal configuration of the second hard disk recorder 52 is basically the same as the internal configuration example of the first hard disk recorder 51 shown in FIG.
[0073] また、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の内部の構成も、図 3に示される第 1ハードディ スクレコーダ 51の場合と基本的に同様である力 第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の場 合、図 4に示されるように、アンテナ 63を介して地上波アナログ放送を受信する第 1チ ユーナ 81に加えて、アンテナ 64を介して BSデジタル放送を受信する第 2チューナ 12 1を有している。第 2チューナ 121は、第 1チューナ 81の場合と同様に、テレビジョン 信号を受信すると、その信号を復調部 122に供給する。復調部 122は、第 1チューナ 81より供給される地上波アナログ放送のテレビジョン信号だけでなぐ第 2チューナ 1 21より供給される BSデジタル放送のテレビジョン信号も復調し、トランスポートストリー ムを抽出する。復調部 122は、図 3の復調部 82と同様に、そのトランスポートストリー ムをデコーダ 123に供給する。デコーダ 123は、地上波アナログ放送のトランスポート ストリームに対して上述したデコーダ 83と同様に処理を行うだけでなぐ BSデジタノレ 放送のトランスポートストリームに対しても、地上波アナログ放送の場合と同様の処理 を行い、抽出した制御データを、バス 74を介してグラフィック処理コントローラ 80に供 給したり、抽出した音声データを音声データ出力制御部 125に供給したり、抽出した 画像データを表示制御部 126に供給したりする。  Also, the internal configuration of the third hard disk recorder 53 is basically the same as that of the first hard disk recorder 51 shown in FIG. 3, and in the case of the third hard disk recorder 53, it is shown in FIG. As shown, in addition to the first tuner 81 for receiving terrestrial analog broadcasting via the antenna 63, a second tuner 121 for receiving BS digital broadcasting via the antenna 64 is provided. As in the case of the first tuner 81, the second tuner 121 receives the television signal and supplies the signal to the demodulation unit 122. The demodulation unit 122 also demodulates the BS digital broadcast television signal supplied from the second tuner 121, which is not only the terrestrial analog broadcast television signal supplied from the first tuner 81, and extracts the transport stream. I do. The demodulation unit 122 supplies the transport stream to the decoder 123, similarly to the demodulation unit 82 in FIG. The decoder 123 not only performs the same processing as the above-described decoder 83 on the transport stream of the terrestrial analog broadcast, but also performs the same processing on the transport stream of the BS digital broadcast as in the case of the terrestrial analog broadcast. Then, the extracted control data is supplied to the graphic processing controller 80 via the bus 74, the extracted audio data is supplied to the audio data output control unit 125, and the extracted image data is supplied to the display control unit 126. Or supply.
[0074] 音声データ出力制御部 125は、図 3の音声データ出力制御部 85と同様に、音声デ ータをデコードし、その音声信号を第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に接続されたスピー 力 141に供給し、出力させる。表示制御部 126は、供給された画像データに対応す る画像信号を第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に接続されたモニタ 142に供給し、表示 させる。 The audio data output control unit 125 decodes the audio data and supplies the audio signal to the speed 141 connected to the third hard disk recorder 53 , similarly to the audio data output control unit 85 in FIG. And output. The display control unit 126 supplies an image signal corresponding to the supplied image data to the monitor 142 connected to the third hard disk recorder 53 to display the image signal.
[0075] 以下において、説明の簡略化のため、上述した復調部 122、デコーダ 123、コンテ ンッ用メモリ 84、音声データ出力部 125、表示制御部 126、記憶部 87、ドライブ 88、 並びにコンテンツ用リムーバブルメディア 89を、特に個別に説明する必要の無い場 合、コンテンツを処理するコンテンツ処理部 130としてまとめて説明する。 In the following, for the sake of simplicity, the demodulation unit 122, decoder 123, The contents memory 130, the audio data output unit 125, the display control unit 126, the storage unit 87, the drive 88, and the removable media 89 for contents, unless it is necessary to separately describe them separately. Will be described together.
[0076] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の、各ハードディ スクレコーダの ROM72、または制御情報記憶部 92には、図 5に示されるような予約 制御プログラム 150がインストールされており、各ハードディスクレコーダの CPU71は 、この予約制御プログラム 150を実行することにより、図 2を参照して説明したような予 約処理を行い、録画処理の制御を行う。  A reservation control program 150 as shown in FIG. 5 is installed in the ROM 72 or the control information storage unit 92 of each hard disk recorder of the first to third hard disk recorders 51 to 53. By executing the reservation control program 150, the CPU 71 of the hard disk recorder performs the reservation processing as described with reference to FIG. 2 and controls the recording processing.
[0077] 図 5に示されるように、予約制御プログラム 150は、どのハードディスクレコーダをマ スタに設定する力、、またはスレーブに設定するかを選択するためのプログラムである マスタ Zスレーブ選択プログラム 151、スレーブに選択された場合に実行され、スレ ーブとして予約処理の制御を行うためのプログラムであるスレーブ用予約制御プログ ラム 152、および、マスタに選択された場合に実行され、マスタとして予約処理の制御 を行うためのプログラムであるマスタ用予約制御プログラム 153により構成される。  As shown in FIG. 5, the reservation control program 150 is a program for selecting which hard disk recorder is to be set as a master or which is to be set as a slave. This is executed when selected as a slave.The slave reservation control program 152, which is a program for controlling reservation processing as a slave, and is executed when selected as a master. It is configured by a master reservation control program 153 which is a program for performing control.
[0078] このような構成の予約制御プログラム 150において、各ハードディスクレコーダの In the reservation control program 150 having such a configuration, each hard disk recorder
CPU71は、最初に、マスタ/スレーブ選択プログラム 151を実行し、同じネットワーク に接続されたハードディスクレコーダの内、いずれをマスタに設定し、いずれをスレー ブに設定するかを決定する。例えば、新たなハードディスクレコーダの設置時等のよ うに、マスタ/スレーブ等の設定がなされていないハードディスクレコーダにおいて主 電源が投入された場合や、ユーザにマスタ/スレーブの再設定の指示が入力された 場合等において、 CPU71は、予約制御プログラム 150を実行するときに、マスタ/ス レーブ選択プログラム 151を実行し、ユーザの指示に基づいて、同じネットワークに 接続された各ハードディスクレコーダについて、マスタ若しくはスレーブのいずれに設 定するか、若しくは設定しないか等を決定する。また、例えば、マスタ/スレーブの設 定が既になされているハードディスクレコーダの主電源が投入された時のように、通 常時の場合、 CPU71は、予約制御プログラム 150を実行する際、その設定に応じて 、スレーブ用予約制御プログラム 152またはマスタ用予約制御プログラム 153を実行 する。 [0079] なお、上述したように、ユーザが再設定を指示した場合等のように、既にマスタ/ス レーブの設定がなされている場合であっても、マスタ/スレーブ選択プログラム 151 力 S実行されることもある。例えば、新たなハードディスクレコーダを既存の番組録画シ ステム 50に追加する場合、ユーザは、追加した新たなハードディスクレコーダ (未設 定のハードディスクレコーダ)の主電源を投入し、マスタ Zスレーブ選択プログラム 15 1を実行させてもよいし、既存のハードディスクレコーダ (設定済みのハードディスクレ コーダ)において、再設定を指示し、マスタ/スレーブ選択プログラム 151を実行させ 、新たに追加した未設定のハードディスクレコーダの設定を行ってもよい。 First, the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program 151 to determine which of the hard disk recorders connected to the same network is set as the master and which is set as the slave. For example, when the main power is turned on in a hard disk recorder for which master / slave settings have not been made, such as when a new hard disk recorder is installed, or when an instruction to reset the master / slave is input to the user. In some cases, for example, when executing the reservation control program 150, the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program 151 and, based on a user's instruction, determines whether each hard disk recorder connected to the same network has a master or a slave. Decide which should be set or not set. In a normal case, for example, when the main power of a hard disk recorder for which a master / slave setting has already been made is turned on, the CPU 71 executes the reservation control program 150 in accordance with the setting. Then, the slave reservation control program 152 or the master reservation control program 153 is executed. As described above, the master / slave selection program 151 is executed even when the master / slave setting has already been made, such as when the user instructs resetting. Sometimes. For example, when adding a new hard disk recorder to the existing program recording system 50, the user turns on the main power of the newly added hard disk recorder (unset hard disk recorder) and sets the master Z slave selection program 15 1 May be executed, or the existing hard disk recorder (set hard disk recorder) may be instructed to reconfigure, and the master / slave selection program 151 may be executed to set the newly added unconfigured hard disk recorder. May go.
[0080] なお、 1つの番組録画システム 50において、ユーザは、複数存在するハードデイス クレコーダの内、 1台のハードディスクレコーダのみ、マスタとして設定することができ 、それ以外のハードディスクレコーダは、スレーブに設定される。換言すると、番組録 画システム 50は、 1台のマスタ、および、そのマスタが管理するスレーブによって構成 される。なお、 1つのネットワーク 54に接続される複数のハードディスクレコーダにより 、複数の番組録画システムを構成する(すなわち、複数のマスタが存在する)ようにし てもよレ、。その場合、スレーブに設定された各ハードディスクレコーダは、マスタに設 定された複数のハードディスクレコーダの内、いずれか 1つに属するように設定される  [0080] In one program recording system 50, the user can set only one hard disk recorder among multiple hard disk recorders as a master, and the other hard disk recorders are set as slaves. You. In other words, the program recording system 50 includes one master and slaves managed by the master. Note that a plurality of hard disk recorders connected to one network 54 may constitute a plurality of program recording systems (that is, a plurality of masters exist). In that case, each hard disk recorder set as the slave is set to belong to any one of the multiple hard disk recorders set as the master
[0081] 上述したように、例えば、未設定のハードディスクレコーダにおいて主電源が投入さ れた場合や、ユーザにより再設定が指示された場合に、 CPU71は、マスタ/スレー ブ選択プログラムを実行し、マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を行う。図 6および図 7のフロ 一チャートを参照して、マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を説明する。ここでは、第 1ハード ディスク 51の CPU71がマスタ/スレーブ選択処理を実行する場合にっレ、て説明する As described above, for example, when the main power is turned on in an unconfigured hard disk recorder or when a reset is instructed by the user, the CPU 71 executes the master / slave selection program, Performs master / slave selection processing. The master / slave selection process will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. Here, the case where the CPU 71 of the first hard disk 51 executes the master / slave selection processing will be described.
[0082] 最初に、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の CPU71は、ステップ S1において、通信制 御部 78を制御し、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51が接続されているネットワーク 54に 接続された他のハードディスクレコーダ(図 2に示される例の場合、第 2ハードディスク レコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53)を検索し、その情報を取得する。検 索結果に関する情報を取得すると CPU71は、ステップ S2に処理を進め、取得した情 報に基づいて、例えば、他のハードディスクレコーダのマスタ/スレーブの設定等の 、他のハードディスクレコーダに関する情報を作成し、処理をステップ S3に進める。 First, in step S1, the CPU 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78, and the other hard disk recorders connected to the network 54 to which the first hard disk recorder 51 is connected (see FIG. In the case of the example shown in FIG. 2, the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53) are searched to acquire the information. Upon acquiring the information on the search result, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S2, and acquires the acquired information. Based on the information, for example, information about another hard disk recorder such as a master / slave setting of another hard disk recorder is created, and the process proceeds to step S3.
[0083] ステップ S3において、 CPU71は、作成した他のハードディスクレコーダに関する情 報に基づいて、他のハードディスクレコーダが存在するか否かを判定する。他のハー ドディスクレコーダが存在すると判定した場合、 CPU71は、処理をステップ S4に進め 、グラフィック処理コントローラ 80を制御して選択用 GUIを作成させ、作成した選択用 GUIを、表示制御部 86を制御してモニタ 112に供給させて表示させる。ステップ S4の 処理が終了すると CPU71は、処理をステップ S5に進め、入力部 77を制御してユー ザによる入力(マスタ/スレーブの設定指示)の受付を開始する。入力の受付を開始 した CPU71は、処理をステップ S6に進める。  [0083] In step S3, the CPU 71 determines whether or not another hard disk recorder exists based on the created information on the other hard disk recorder. If it is determined that another hard disk recorder exists, the CPU 71 advances the process to step S4, controls the graphic processing controller 80 to create a selection GUI, and sends the created selection GUI to the display control unit 86. It is controlled and supplied to the monitor 112 for display. When the process in step S4 ends, the CPU 71 advances the process to step S5, controls the input unit 77, and starts accepting an input (master / slave setting instruction) by the user. The CPU 71 that has started accepting the input advances the process to step S6.
[0084] ステップ S6において、 CPU71は、ユーザによるマスタ設定指示を受け付けたか否 かを判定する。ユーザが入力部 77を操作して、ハードディスクレコーダを指定し、そ のハードディスクレコーダをマスタに設定する指示(マスタ設定指示)を入力し、マスタ 設定指示を受け付けたと判定した場合、 CPU71は、ステップ S7に処理を進め、指定 されたハードディスクレコーダをマスタに設定する。そして、 CPU71は、ステップ S8に 処理を進め、そのマスタに設定したハードディスクレコーダを制御し、そのハードディ スクレコーダにインストールされている予約制御プログラム 150を初期化させ、その予 約制御プログラム 150のマスタ用予約制御プログラム 153を実行させる。ステップ S8 の処理が完了すると、 CPU71は、ステップ S9において、ステップ S2の処理において 作成した他のハードディスクレコーダに関する情報を更新し、図 7のステップ S11に 処理を進める。  [0084] In step S6, the CPU 71 determines whether or not a master setting instruction from the user has been received. When the user operates the input unit 77 to designate a hard disk recorder, inputs an instruction to set the hard disk recorder as a master (master setting instruction), and determines that the master setting instruction has been accepted, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S7. The process proceeds to and the specified hard disk recorder is set as the master. Then, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S8, controls the hard disk recorder set as the master, initializes the reservation control program 150 installed in the hard disk recorder, and uses the master program of the reservation control program 150 for the master. The reservation control program 153 is executed. When the process in step S8 is completed, the CPU 71 updates information on the other hard disk recorders created in the process in step S2 in step S9, and proceeds to step S11 in FIG.
[0085] また、図 6のステップ S6において、マスタ設定指示を受け付けていないと判定した 場合、 CPU71は、ステップ S7乃至ステップ S9の処理を省略し、図 7のステップ S11 に処理を進める。  If it is determined in step S6 of FIG. 6 that the master setting instruction has not been received, the CPU 71 skips the processing of steps S7 to S9 and proceeds to step S11 of FIG.
[0086] 図 7のステップ S 11において、 CPU71は、ユーザによるスレーブ設定指示を受け付 けたか否かを判定する。ユーザが入力部 77を操作して、ハードディスクレコーダを指 定し、そのハードディスクレコーダをスレーブに設定する指示 (スレーブ設定指示)を 入力し、スレーブ設定指示を受け付けたと判定した場合、 CPU71は、ステップ S 12に 処理を進め、指定されたハードディスクレコーダをスレーブに設定する。そして、 CPU 71は、ステップ S13に処理を進め、そのスレーブに設定したハードディスクレコーダ を制御し、そのハードディスクレコーダにインストールされている予約制御プログラム 1 50を初期化させ、その予約制御プログラム 150のスレーブ用予約制御プログラム 15 2を実行させる。ステップ S13の処理が完了すると、 CPU71は、ステップ S14におい て、図 6のステップ S2の処理において作成した他のハードディスクレコーダに関する 情報を更新し、ステップ S 15に処理を進める。 [0086] In step S11 of Fig. 7, the CPU 71 determines whether or not a slave setting instruction from the user has been received. When the user operates the input unit 77 to designate a hard disk recorder, inputs an instruction to set the hard disk recorder as a slave (slave setting instruction), and determines that the slave setting instruction has been accepted, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S To 12 Proceeds and sets the specified hard disk recorder as a slave. Then, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S13, controls the hard disk recorder set as the slave, initializes the reservation control program 150 installed in the hard disk recorder, and sets the slave control program 150 The reservation control program 152 is executed. When the processing in step S13 is completed, the CPU 71 updates the information on the other hard disk recorder created in the processing in step S2 in FIG. 6 in step S14, and proceeds to step S15.
[0087] また、ステップ S11において、スレーブ設定指示を受け付けていないと判定した場 合、 CPU71は、ステップ S12乃至ステップ S14の処理を省略し、ステップ S15に処理 を進める。 [0087] If it is determined in step S11 that the slave setting instruction has not been received, the CPU 71 skips the processing of steps S12 to S14 and proceeds to step S15.
[0088] ステップ S15において、 CPU71は、マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を終了するか否かを 判定し、終了しないと判定した場合、図 6のステップ S6に処理を戻し、それ以降の処 理を繰り返す。ステップ S15において、ユーザの指示等に基づいて、マスタ/スレー ブ選択処理を終了すると判定した場合、 CPU71は、ステップ S16において、入力の 受付を終了したり、選択用 GUIの表示を終了したりする等の終了処理を行い、マスタ /スレーブ選択処理を終了する。  [0088] In step S15, the CPU 71 determines whether or not to end the master / slave selection process, and if not, returns the process to step S6 in Fig. 6 and repeats the subsequent processes. If it is determined in step S15 that the master / slave selection process is to be terminated based on a user instruction or the like, the CPU 71 terminates the input reception or the selection GUI display in step S16. Etc., and terminate the master / slave selection processing.
[0089] また、図 6のステップ S3において、ネットワーク 54に接続されている他のハードディ スクレコーダが存在しないと判定した場合、 CPU71は、図 7のステップ S17に処理を 進め、モニタ 112にエラーメッセージを表示する等のエラー処理を行った後、ステツ プ S16に処理を戻して終了処理を行い、マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を終了する。  [0089] If it is determined in step S3 in Fig. 6 that there is no other hard disk recorder connected to the network 54, the CPU 71 proceeds to step S17 in Fig. 7 and sends an error message to the monitor 112. After performing error processing such as displaying, the process returns to step S16 to perform termination processing, and terminates the master / slave selection processing.
[0090] 以上のように、 CPU71は、マスタ/スレーブ選択処理を実行する。これにより、 CPU 71は、番組録画システム 50内のハードディスクレコーダをマスタまたはスレーブに設 定することができ、後述するような録画処理の予約に関する処理を行うようにすること ができるので、複数の記録再生装置を用いる場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に 対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情報を再生したりすること ができる。  As described above, the CPU 71 executes a master / slave selection process. Thereby, the CPU 71 can set the hard disk recorder in the program recording system 50 as a master or a slave, and can perform processing relating to reservation of recording processing as described later. Even in the case of using a reproducing apparatus, it is possible to easily and flexibly cope with the situation, to record information obtained from outside, and to reproduce the recorded information.
[0091] なお、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52または第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53において も、マスタ Zスレーブ選択処理は、図 6および図 7のフローチャートを参照して説明し たような第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の場合と同様に実行される。 [0091] Also in the second hard disk recorder 52 or the third hard disk recorder 53, the master Z slave selection process is described with reference to the flowcharts of Figs. This is performed in the same manner as in the case of the first hard disk recorder 51 as described above.
[0092] 以下においては、説明の簡略化のために、以上のようなマスタ/スレーブ選択処理 が実行されることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51がマスタに設定され、第 2ハー ドディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53がスレーブに設定された場 合について説明する。もちろん、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードデイス クレコーダ 53は、マスタおよびスレーブのいずれにも設定可能である。  [0092] In the following, for the sake of simplicity of description, the above-described master / slave selection processing is executed, whereby first hard disk recorder 51 is set as a master, and second hard disk recorder 52 and The case where the third hard disk recorder 53 is set as a slave will be described. Of course, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can be set as any of a master and a slave.
[0093] 以上のようにしてマスタに選択されると、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の CPU71は 、上述したようにマスタ用予約制御プログラム 153を実行し図 8示されるような録画処 理の予約に関する機能を備える。  [0093] When the master is selected as described above, the CPU 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51 executes the master reservation control program 153 as described above, and performs the function relating to the reservation of the recording processing as shown in FIG. Is provided.
[0094] 図 8は、マスタに設定された第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の録画処理の予約に関 する機能を示す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 8 is a functional block diagram showing functions relating to reservation of recording processing of the first hard disk recorder 51 set as a master.
[0095] 図 8において、 CPU71は、第 1チューナ 81を制御するチューナ制御部 161、第 1チ ユーナ 81により受信されたテレビジョン信号より番組の予定表である EPG (Electronic Program Guide)データを抽出する EPG抽出部 162、その EPGデータを保持し、番組 の放送スケジュールを管理するスケジュール管理部 163、番組の録画処理の予約( 録画予約)の候補に関する情報である録画予約候補を作成する番組予約候補作成 部 164、入力部 77を介して入力されたユーザの操作による録画予約の候補(手動予 約候補)の受け付けを制御する手動予約候補受付制御部 165、入力部 77を介して 入力されたユーザによる録画処理に関する嗜好情報の受け付けを制御する嗜好情 報受付制御部 166、入力された嗜好情報等に基づいて、録画処理に関する嗜好情 報を管理する嗜好情報管理部 167、番組予約候補に基づいて、番組の録画処理に 関する情報 (番組予約情報)を作成する番組予約情報作成部 168、通信制御部 78 を介して、他のハードディスクレコーダにおいて作成された番組予約候補を要求する 番組予約候補要求部 169、通信制御部 78を介して、他のハードディスクレコーダの 装置に関する情報 (装置情報)を要求する装置情報要求部 170、要求に基づいて供 給された番組予約候補の取得を制御する番組予約候補取得制御部 171、要求に基 づいて供給された装置情報の取得を制御する装置情報取得制御部 172、番組予約 情報の他のハードディスクレコーダへの供給を制御する番組予約情報供給制御部 1 73、この第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に対する番組予約情報を管理する番組予約 情報管理部 174、並びに、番組予約情報管理部 174に制御され、コンテンツ処理部 100を制御し、録画処理を実行させる録画処理制御部 175等の、各種の機能を有し ている。 In FIG. 8, the CPU 71 extracts the EPG (Electronic Program Guide) data, which is a program schedule, from the television signal received by the tuner control unit 161 that controls the first tuner 81. EPG extraction unit 162, schedule management unit 163 that retains the EPG data and manages the broadcast schedule of the program, and program reservation candidates that create recording reservation candidates that are information on reservations (recording reservations) for program recording processing. A manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165 that controls the reception of recording reservation candidates (manual reservation candidates) by a user operation input via the creation unit 164 and the input unit 77, and a user input via the input unit 77. Information reception control unit 166, which controls the reception of the preference information regarding the recording process by the user, the preference information for managing the preference information regarding the recording process based on the input preference information and the like. A program created on another hard disk recorder via the program reservation information creation unit 168 and the communication control unit 78 that creates information (program reservation information) related to the recording process of the program based on the program reservation candidate. Device information requesting unit 170 for requesting information (device information) related to devices of other hard disk recorders via program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 and communication control unit 78 for requesting reservation candidate, program supplied based on the request A program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 that controls the acquisition of reservation candidates, a device information acquisition control unit 172 that controls the acquisition of device information supplied based on requests, and controls the supply of program reservation information to other hard disk recorders Program reservation information supply control unit 1 73, a program reservation information management unit 174 that manages program reservation information for the first hard disk recorder 51, and a recording process control that is controlled by the program reservation information management unit 174, controls the content processing unit 100, and executes a recording process. It has various functions such as section 175.
[0096] このような CPU71において、チューナ制御部 161は、例えばユーザ入力等に基づ いて、第 1チューナ 81を制御して、アンテナ 61を介して受信する信号の周波数を調 整させ、ユーザが所望するチャンネルの EPGデータを含む信号を受信させる。 EPG 抽出部 162は、その信号より EPGデータを抽出し、スケジュール管理部 163に保持さ せる。  [0096] In such a CPU 71, the tuner control section 161 controls the first tuner 81 based on, for example, a user input or the like to adjust the frequency of a signal received via the antenna 61, and Receive the signal containing the EPG data of the desired channel. EPG extraction section 162 extracts EPG data from the signal and causes schedule management section 163 to hold the EPG data.
[0097] ユーザが入力部 77を操作して、番組の録画処理の予約に関する情報を入力すると 、手動予約候補受付制御部 165は、その情報 (手動予約候補)を番組予約候補作成 部 164に供給する。番組予約候補作成部 164は、その手動予約候補に基づいて、 番組予約候補を作成する。  [0097] When the user operates the input unit 77 to input information related to the reservation of the recording process of the program, the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165 supplies the information (manual reservation candidate) to the program reservation candidate creation unit 164. I do. The program reservation candidate creation section 164 creates a program reservation candidate based on the manual reservation candidate.
[0098] また、ユーザが入力部 77を操作して、例えば、録画したレ、番組のジャンルや番組 名のキーワード等の、番組の録画処理の予約に関する嗜好情報を入力すると、嗜好 情報受付制御部 166は、その情報 (嗜好情報)を嗜好情報管理部 167に供給する。 嗜好情報管理部 167は、番組予約候補作成部 164の要求に基づいてその嗜好情 報を供給する。番組予約候補作成部 164は、嗜好情報管理部 167より供給された嗜 好情報に基づいて、スケジュール管理部 163に保持されている EPGデータに含まれ る番組の中から、嗜好情報に対応する番組を検索し、存在する場合は、その番組の 予約候補を作成する。このようにして作成した番組予約候補を番組予約候補作成部 164は、番組予約情報作成部 168に供給する。  When the user operates the input unit 77 to input, for example, preference information regarding reservation of a recording process of a program, such as a recorded video, a program genre, and a keyword of a program name, the preference information reception control unit 166 supplies the information (preference information) to the preference information management unit 167. The preference information management unit 167 supplies the preference information based on the request of the program reservation candidate creation unit 164. Based on the preference information supplied from the preference information management section 167, the program reservation candidate creation section 164 selects a program corresponding to the preference information from the programs included in the EPG data stored in the schedule management section 163. And if it exists, create a reservation candidate for that program. The program reservation candidate creation unit 164 supplies the program reservation candidate created in this way to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
[0099] 番組予約候補要求部 169は、番組予約情報作成部 168に制御され、作成された 番組予約候補を、通信制御部 78を介して各ハードディスクレコーダに対して要求す る。また、装置情報要求部 170は、番組予約情報作成部 168に制御され、装置 (ハ 一ドウヱァ)に関する情報を、通信制御部 78を介して各ハードディスクレコーダに対し て要求する。  [0099] The program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 is controlled by the program reservation information creating unit 168, and requests the created program reservation candidate to each hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78. Further, the device information requesting unit 170 is controlled by the program reservation information creating unit 168, and requests information on the device (hardware) to each hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78.
[0100] 番組予約候補要求部 169の要求に基づいて番組予約候補が通信制御部 78に供 給されると、番組予約候補取得制御部 171は、その番組予約候補を取得して、番組 予約情報作成部 168に供給する。また、装置情報要求部 170の要求に基づいて装 置情報が通信制御部 78に供給されると、装置情報取得制御部 172は、その装置情 報を取得して、番組予約情報作成部 168に供給する。 [0100] Based on the request of the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169, the program reservation candidate is provided to the communication control unit 78. When supplied, the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 acquires the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. Further, when the device information is supplied to the communication control unit 78 based on the request of the device information request unit 170, the device information acquisition control unit 172 acquires the device information and sends it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. Supply.
[0101] 番組予約情報作成部 168は、これらの情報に基づいて、番組の録画処理を制御す る番組予約情報を作成すると、作成した番組予約情報の内、他のハードディスクレコ ーダに対応する番組予約情報を番組予約情報供給制御部 173に供給する。番組予 約情報を取得した番組予約情報供給制御部 173は、通信制御部 78を制御して、取 得した番組予約情報を、それぞれ、番組予約情報が対応する各ハードディスクレコ ーダに供給する。また、番組予約情報作成部 168は、作成した番組予約情報の内、 このハードディスクレコーダに対応する番組予約情報を番組予約情報管理部 174に 供給し、管理させる。 [0101] The program reservation information creation unit 168 creates program reservation information for controlling the recording process of a program based on these information, and then, corresponds to another hard disk recorder among the created program reservation information. The program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information supply control unit 173. The program reservation information supply control unit 173 that has acquired the program reservation information controls the communication control unit 78 to supply the acquired program reservation information to each hard disk recorder corresponding to the program reservation information. Further, the program reservation information creating section 168 supplies the program reservation information corresponding to the hard disk recorder among the created program reservation information to the program reservation information management section 174 to be managed.
[0102] 番組予約情報管理部 174は、取得した番組予約情報に基づいて、録画処理のス ケジュールを管理する。そして、録画処理を開始する時刻になると、チューナ制御部 161を介して、第 1チューナ 81を制御し、録画する番組を含む信号 (地上波アナログ 信号)を受信させ、録画処理制御部 175を介して、コンテンツ処理部 100を制御し、 受信した番組を記憶部 87に記憶させる。  [0102] The program reservation information management unit 174 manages the schedule of the recording process based on the acquired program reservation information. Then, when the time to start the recording process comes, the first tuner 81 is controlled via the tuner control unit 161 to receive a signal (terrestrial analog signal) including the program to be recorded, and the recording control unit 175 Then, the content processing unit 100 is controlled, and the received program is stored in the storage unit 87.
[0103] 以上のように、マスタに設定された第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、番組予約候補 作成部 164により作成された番組予約候補だけでなぐスレーブに設定された第 2ハ ードディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53において作成された番 組予約候補を取得し、全ての番組予約候補に基づいて、番組の録画処理を制御す る番組予約情報を作成する。  [0103] As described above, the first hard disk recorder 51 set as the master includes the second hard disk recorder 52 set as the slave that is not limited to the program reservation candidates created by the program reservation candidate creation unit 164. The program reservation candidate created in the third hard disk recorder 53 is obtained, and program reservation information for controlling the recording process of the program is created based on all the program reservation candidates.
[0104] このようにすることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、スレーブである第 2ハー ドディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53と連携して予約処理を行 レ、、番組録画システム 50全体を利用して録画処理の予約を行うことができる。これに より、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、複数の記録再生装置を用いる場合において も、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情 報を再生したりすることができる。 [0105] また、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハ ードディスクレコーダ 53のハードウェアに関する情報である装置情報を取得する。こ のようにすることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、取得した装置情報に基づ いて、番組録画システム 50の資源を有効に利用するように適切な方法で録画処理の スケジュールを立て、録画予約情報を作成することができる。これにより、第 1ハード ディスクレコーダ 51は、複数の記録再生装置を用いる場合においても、より容易かつ 柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情報を再生したり すること力 Sできる。 By doing so, the first hard disk recorder 51 performs a reservation process in cooperation with the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 as slaves, and the entire program recording system 50 It is possible to make a reservation for the recording process by using this. As a result, the first hard disk recorder 51 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, or reproduce the recorded information. be able to. The first hard disk recorder 51 acquires device information that is information on hardware of the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53. By doing so, the first hard disk recorder 51 sets a recording process schedule based on the acquired device information in an appropriate manner so as to effectively use the resources of the program recording system 50, and reserves the recording. Information can be created. Thus, even when a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, the first hard disk recorder 51 can more easily and flexibly deal with the problem, and can record information obtained from outside or reproduce the recorded information. Power S can.
[0106] 次に、スレーブに選択された第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52について説明する。なお 、図 8に対応する部分については、同一の符号を付してある。図 6および図 7の処理 によりスレーブに設定された第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の CPU71は、上述したよう にスレーブ用予約制御プログラム 152を実行し図 9に示されるような録画処理の予約 に関する機能を備える。  Next, the second hard disk recorder 52 selected as a slave will be described. Note that parts corresponding to FIG. 8 are denoted by the same reference numerals. The CPU 71 of the second hard disk recorder 52 set as the slave by the processing of FIGS. 6 and 7 executes the slave reservation control program 152 as described above and has a function related to the reservation of the recording processing as shown in FIG. .
[0107] 図 9は、スレーブに設定された第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の録画処理の予約に 関する機能を示す機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 9 is a functional block diagram showing functions relating to reservation of recording processing of the second hard disk recorder 52 set as a slave.
[0108] 図 9に示されるスレーブの場合において、図 8に示されるマスタの場合と比較して異 なる主な点として、例えば、図 8の番組予約情報作成部 168、番組予約候補要求部 1 69、装置情報要求部 170、番組予約候補取得制御部 171、装置情報取得制御部 1 72、および番組予約情報供給制御部 173が存在せず、これらの代わりに、番組予約 候補要求取得制御部 181、番組予約候補供給制御部 182、番組予約情報取得制 御部 183、装置情報要求取得制御部 184、装置情報管理部 185、並びに、装置情 報供給制御部 186が存在する。  The main differences between the slave shown in FIG. 9 and the master shown in FIG. 8 are, for example, the program reservation information creating unit 168 and the program reservation candidate requesting unit 1 in FIG. 69, the device information requesting unit 170, the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171, the device information acquisition control unit 172, and the program reservation information supply control unit 173 do not exist, and instead, the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 does not exist. A program reservation candidate supply control unit 182, a program reservation information acquisition control unit 183, a device information request acquisition control unit 184, a device information management unit 185, and a device information supply control unit 186.
[0109] 図 9において、スレーブの番組予約候補作成部 164は、作成した番組予約候補を 保持する。番組予約候補要求取得制御部 181は、通信制御部 78を介して、マスタよ り供給された番組予約候補要求を取得すると、その要求を番組予約候補作成部 164 に供給する。番組予約候補作成部 164は、その要求を取得すると、保持している番 組予約候補を番組予約候補供給制御部 182に供給する。番組予約候補供給制御 部 182は、要求された番組予約候補を、通信制御部 78を介して、マスタである(要求 元である)第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。 In FIG. 9, slave program reservation candidate creation section 164 holds the created program reservation candidates. Upon acquiring the program reservation candidate request supplied from the master via the communication control unit 78, the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 supplies the request to the program reservation candidate creation unit 164. Upon acquiring the request, the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 supplies the held program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182. The program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 is a master of the requested program reservation candidate via the communication control unit 78 (requested). Source) to the first hard disk recorder 51.
[0110] また、番組予約情報取得制御部 183は、通信制御部 78を介して番組予約情報を 取得すると、取得した番組予約情報を番組予約情報管理部 174に供給する。番組 予約情報管理部 174は、図 8に示されるマスタの場合と同様に、供給された番組予 約情報に基づレ、て、録画処理のスケジュールを管理する。  When the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 acquires the program reservation information via the communication control unit 78, it supplies the acquired program reservation information to the program reservation information management unit 174. The program reservation information management unit 174 manages the recording process schedule based on the supplied program reservation information, as in the case of the master shown in FIG.
[0111] また、装置情報要求取得部 184は、通信制御部 78を介して装置情報要求を取得 すると、取得した装置情報要求を装置情報管理部 185に供給する。装置情報管理 部 185は、ハードウェアに関する情報 (装置情報)を管理しており、供給された要求に 基づいて、装置情報を装置情報供給制御部 186に供給する。装置情報供給制御部 186は、通信制御部 78を介して、その装置情報を、マスタである(要求元である)第 1 ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。  When acquiring the device information request via the communication control unit 78, the device information request acquisition unit 184 supplies the acquired device information request to the device information management unit 185. The device information management unit 185 manages information about the hardware (device information), and supplies device information to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the supplied request. The device information supply control unit 186 supplies the device information to the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master (request source), via the communication control unit 78.
[0112] なお、スレーブに設定された第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の録画処理の予約に関 する機能も、図 9に示される第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の場合と同様であり、図 9 に示される機能ブロック図を適用することができるので、その説明を省略する。  [0112] Note that the function of the third hard disk recorder 53 set as the slave for the reservation of the recording process is also the same as that of the second hard disk recorder 52 shown in Fig. 9, and the functional block shown in Fig. 9 Since the drawings can be applied, the description thereof is omitted.
[0113] このようにすることにより、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレ コーダ 53は、マスタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51と連携して録画処理の予約 を行い、番組録画システム 50全体を利用して録画処理の予約を行うことができる。こ れにより、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52および第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、複 数の記録再生装置を用いる場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取 得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情報を再生したりすることができる。  [0113] By doing so, the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 make a reservation for the recording process in cooperation with the first hard disk recorder 51 which is the master, and use the entire program recording system 50. To make a reservation for the recording process. As a result, the second hard disk recorder 52 and the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information obtained from outside, and record the information. Information can be reproduced.
[0114] 次に、図 10のフローチャートを参照して、番組録画システム 50による(第 1ハードデ イスタレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53による)録画予約処理を説明す る。  Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 10, a recording reservation process by the program recording system 50 (by the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53) will be described.
[0115] 最初に、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約候補作成部 164は、ステップ S3 1において、予約候補作成処理を行い、手動予約候補受付制御部 165より供給され たユーザによる録画番組の指定や、嗜好情報管理部 167より供給される予め設定さ れた嗜好情報、並びにスケジュール管理部 163におレ、て保持される EPG等に基づレヽ て予約候補を作成する。同様に、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の番組予約候補作 成部 164は、ステップ S51において、予約候補作成処理を行い、予約候補を作成す る。また、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の番組予約候補作成部 164も同様に、ステツ プ S71において、予約候補作成処理を行い、予約候補を作成する。なお、これらの 処理は互いに独立して行われる。 First, in step S 31, the program reservation candidate creation unit 164 of the first hard disk recorder 51 performs a reservation candidate creation process, and specifies a recorded program by the user supplied from the manual reservation candidate reception control unit 165. In addition, a reservation candidate is created based on preset preference information supplied from the preference information management unit 167 and the EPG stored in the schedule management unit 163. Similarly, the program reservation candidate work of the second hard disk recorder 52 In step S51, the component unit 164 performs a reservation candidate creation process to create a reservation candidate. Similarly, the program reservation candidate creation section 164 of the third hard disk recorder 53 performs a reservation candidate creation process in step S71 to create a reservation candidate. These processes are performed independently of each other.
[0116] そして、マスタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約候補要求部 169は、 所定のタイミングになった場合や、ユーザに指示された場合に、ステップ S32に処理 を進め、通線制御部 78を介して、スレーブである第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に対 して番組予約候補を要求する。このとき、装置情報要求部 170も同様に、通線制御 部 78を介して、スレーブである第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に対して装置情報を要 求する。 [0116] Then, the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 of the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master, advances the process to step S32 when a predetermined timing is reached or when instructed by the user, and proceeds to step S32. A request for a program reservation is made to the third hard disk recorder 53 as a slave via 78. At this time, the device information requesting unit 170 similarly requests device information from the third hard disk recorder 53 as a slave via the traffic line control unit 78.
[0117] また、マスタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約候補要求部 169は、ス テツプ S33において、同様に、通線制御部 78を介して、スレーブである第 2ハードデ イスタレコーダ 52に対して番組予約候補を要求する。このとき、装置情報要求部 170 も同様に、通線制御部 78を介して、スレーブである第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52に 対して装置情報を要求する。  [0117] Also, the program reservation candidate requesting unit 169 of the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master, similarly sends the second hard disk recorder 52, which is the slave, via the line control unit 78 in step S33. Request a program reservation candidate. At this time, the device information requesting unit 170 similarly requests device information from the second hard disk recorder 52, which is a slave, via the line control unit 78.
[0118] 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の番組予約候補要求取得制御部 181は、ステップ S 52において、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より供給された番組予約候補の要求を取 得すると、その要求を番組予約候補作成部 164に供給する。番組予約候補作成部 1 64は、その要求に対応する番組予約候補を、保持している番組予約候補の中から 検索し、存在する場合、その番組予約候補を番組予約候補供給制御部 182に供給 する。番組予約候補を供給された番組予約候補供給制御部 182は、ステップ S53に おいて、通信制御部 78を介して、要求元である第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給 する。  When the program reservation candidate request acquisition control section 181 of the second hard disk recorder 52 acquires the program reservation candidate request supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51 in step S52, the program reservation candidate creation Supply to section 164. The program reservation candidate creation unit 164 searches for the program reservation candidate corresponding to the request from the held program reservation candidates, and supplies the program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 if it exists. I do. The program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplied with the program reservation candidate supplies the request to the first hard disk recorder 51 via the communication control unit 78 in step S53.
[0119] また、このとき、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の装置情報要求取得制御部 184は、 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より番組予約候補の要求とともに供給された装置情報 の要求を取得すると、その要求を装置情報管理部 185に供給する。装置情報管理部 185は、その要求に基づいて、管理している装置情報(第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 5 2のハードウエアに関する情報)を装置情報供給制御部 186に供給する。装置情報 を供給された装置情報供給制御部 186は、番組予約候補供給制御部 182が番組予 約候補を供給するのに合わせて、通信制御部 78を介して、要求元である第 1ハード ディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。 At this time, when the device information request acquisition control unit 184 of the second hard disk recorder 52 acquires the device information request supplied together with the program reservation candidate request from the first hard disk recorder 51, the request is transmitted to the device The information is supplied to the information management unit 185. The device information management unit 185 supplies the managed device information (information on the hardware of the second hard disk recorder 52) to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the request. Device information The device information supply control unit 186 supplied with the first hard disk recorder 51 as the request source via the communication control unit 78 simultaneously with the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplying the program reservation candidate. To supply.
[0120] このとき、通信制御部 78は、装置情報供給制御部 186より供給された装置情報を、 番組予約候補供給制御部 182より供給された番組予約候補に付加して、要求元で ある第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。  At this time, the communication control unit 78 adds the device information supplied from the device information supply control unit 186 to the program reservation candidate supplied from the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182, and 1 Supply to the hard disk recorder 51.
[0121] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約候補取得制御部 171は、ステップ S34に おいて、通信制御部 78を制御して、その番組予約候補を取得し、番組予約情報作 成部 168に供給する。同様に、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の装置情報取得制御 部 172は、通信制御部 78を制御して、番組予約候補に付加されて供給される装置 情報 (番組予約候補を供給したハードディスクレコーダの装置情報)を取得し、番組 予約情報作成部 168に供給する。  [0121] In step S34, the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to acquire the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. I do. Similarly, the device information acquisition control unit 172 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to output the device information (device information of the hard disk recorder that supplied the program reservation candidate). ) Is obtained and supplied to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
[0122] また、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の番組予約候補要求取得制御部 181は、ステ ップ S72において、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より供給された番組予約候補の要 求を取得すると、その要求を番組予約候補作成部 164に供給する。番組予約候補 作成部 164は、その要求に対応する番組予約候補を、保持している番組予約候補 の中から検索し、存在する場合、その番組予約候補を番組予約候補供給制御部 18 2に供給する。番組予約候補を供給された番組予約候補供給制御部 182は、ステツ プ S73において、通信制御部 78を介して、要求元である第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。  [0122] Also, in step S72, the program reservation candidate request acquisition control unit 181 of the third hard disk recorder 53 acquires the program reservation candidate request supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51, This is supplied to the reservation candidate creating section 164. The program reservation candidate creation unit 164 searches for the program reservation candidate corresponding to the request from the held program reservation candidates, and supplies the program reservation candidate to the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 if it exists. I do. The program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplied with the program reservation candidate supplies the request to the first hard disk recorder 51 via the communication control unit 78 in step S73.
[0123] また、このとき、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の装置情報要求取得制御部 184は、 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より番組予約候補の要求とともに供給された装置情報 の要求を取得すると、その要求を装置情報管理部 185に供給する。装置情報管理部 185は、その要求に基づいて、管理している装置情報(第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 5 3のハードウェアに関する情報)を装置情報供給制御部 186に供給する。装置情報 を供給された装置情報供給制御部 186は、番組予約候補供給制御部 182が番組予 約候補を供給するのに合わせて、通信制御部 78を介して、要求元である第 1ハード ディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。 [0124] このとき、通信制御部 78は、装置情報供給制御部 186より供給された装置情報を、 番組予約候補供給制御部 182より供給された番組予約候補に付加して、要求元で ある第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に供給する。 At this time, when the device information request acquisition control unit 184 of the third hard disk recorder 53 acquires the device information request supplied together with the program reservation candidate request from the first hard disk recorder 51, the device information request The information is supplied to the information management unit 185. The device information management unit 185 supplies the managed device information (information on the hardware of the third hard disk recorder 53) to the device information supply control unit 186 based on the request. The device information supply control unit 186 supplied with the device information sends the first hard disk as the request source via the communication control unit 78 at the same time as the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182 supplies the program reservation candidate. Supply to recorder 51. At this time, the communication control unit 78 adds the device information supplied from the device information supply control unit 186 to the program reservation candidate supplied from the program reservation candidate supply control unit 182, and 1 Supply to the hard disk recorder 51.
[0125] 第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約候補取得制御部 171は、ステップ S35に おいて、通信制御部 78を制御して、その番組予約候補を取得し、番組予約情報作 成部 168に供給する。同様に、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の装置情報取得制御 部 172は、通信制御部 78を制御して、番組予約候補に付加されて供給される装置 情報 (番組予約候補を供給したハードディスクレコーダの装置情報)を取得し、番組 予約情報作成部 168に供給する。  [0125] In step S35, the program reservation candidate acquisition control unit 171 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to acquire the program reservation candidate and supplies it to the program reservation information creation unit 168. I do. Similarly, the device information acquisition control unit 172 of the first hard disk recorder 51 controls the communication control unit 78 to output the device information (device information of the hard disk recorder that supplied the program reservation candidate). ) Is obtained and supplied to the program reservation information creation unit 168.
[0126] スレーブより番組予約候補や装置情報を取得した第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の 番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S36において、取得した番組予約候補や装 置情報に基づレ、て、番組予約情報を作成する。  [0126] In step S36, the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 that has acquired the program reservation candidates and the device information from the slaves performs the program reservation based on the acquired program reservation candidates and the device information. Create information.
[0127] 番組予約情報の作成が終了すると、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約情 報作成部 168は、作成した番組予約情報の内、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53用の 番組予約情報を番組予約情報供給制御部 173に供給する。番組予約情報供給制 御部 173は、ステップ S37において、取得した第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53用の番 組予約情報を、通信制御部 78を介して、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に供給する。 同様に、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約情報作成部 168は、作成した番 組予約情報の内、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52用の番組予約情報を番組予約情報 供給制御部 173に供給し、番組予約情報供給制御部 173は、ステップ S38におレ、て 、取得した第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52用の番組予約情報を、通信制御部 78を介 して、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52に供給する。  [0127] When the creation of the program reservation information is completed, the program reservation information creation section 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 from the created program reservation information. This is supplied to the control unit 173. In step S37, the program reservation information supply control unit 173 supplies the acquired program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 to the third hard disk recorder 53 via the communication control unit 78. Similarly, the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 to the program reservation information supply control unit 173 among the created program reservation information, and The information supply control unit 173 supplies the acquired program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 to the second hard disk recorder 52 via the communication control unit 78 in step S38.
[0128] なお、このとき、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の番組予約情報作成部 168は、作成 した番組予約情報の内、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51用の番組予約情報を番組予 約情報管理部 174に供給する。第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51用の番組予約情報を 供給された番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S39において番組予約管理処理 を実行し、その番組予約情報に基づいて録画処理のスケジュールを管理し、制御す る。このようにして、全ての第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51用の番組予約情報の処理が 終了すると、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は、録画予約処理を終了する。 At this time, the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 supplies the program reservation information for the first hard disk recorder 51 to the program reservation information management unit 174 among the created program reservation information. I do. The program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the first hard disk recorder 51 executes the program reservation management process in step S39, and manages and controls the recording process schedule based on the program reservation information. You. In this way, the processing of the program reservation information for all the first hard disk recorders 51 is completed. Upon completion, the first hard disk recorder 51 ends the recording reservation process.
[0129] また、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の番組予約情報取得制御部 183は、ステップ S 38において第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より供給された第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52用の番組予約情報を、ステップ S54において、通信制御部 78を介して取得すると 、その番組予約情報を、番組予約情報管理部 174に供給する。第 2ハードディスクレ コーダ 52用の番組予約情報を供給された番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S5 5において番組予約管理処理を実行し、その番組予約情報に基づいて録画処理の スケジュールを管理し、制御する。このようにして、全ての第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52用の番組予約情報の処理が終了すると、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52は、録画 予約処理を終了する。 [0129] Also, the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 of the second hard disk recorder 52 communicates the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51 in step S38, in step S54. When the program reservation information is obtained via the control unit 78, the program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information management unit 174. The program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the second hard disk recorder 52 executes the program reservation management process in step S55, manages the schedule of the recording process based on the program reservation information, Control. Thus, when the processing of the program reservation information for all the second hard disk recorders 52 is completed, the second hard disk recorder 52 ends the recording reservation processing.
[0130] 同様に、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の番組予約情報取得制御部 183は、ステツ プ S37において第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51より供給された第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53用の番組予約情報を、ステップ S574において、通信制御部 78を介して取得 すると、その番組予約情報を、番組予約情報管理部 174に供給する。第 3ハードディ スクレコーダ 53用の番組予約情報を供給された番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステツ プ S75において番組予約管理処理を実行し、その番組予約情報に基づいて録画処 理のスケジュールを管理し、制御する。このようにして、全ての第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53用の番組予約情報の処理が終了すると、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、 録画予約処理を終了する。  [0130] Similarly, the program reservation information acquisition control unit 183 of the third hard disk recorder 53 transmits the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 supplied from the first hard disk recorder 51 in step S37 to step S574. Then, when the program reservation information is acquired via the communication control unit 78, the program reservation information is supplied to the program reservation information management unit 174. The program reservation information management unit 174 supplied with the program reservation information for the third hard disk recorder 53 executes the program reservation management process in step S75, and manages the schedule of the recording process based on the program reservation information. ,Control. When the processing of the program reservation information for all the third hard disk recorders 53 is completed in this way, the third hard disk recorder 53 ends the recording reservation processing.
[0131] このようにすることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53は、互いに連携して録画処理の予約を行い、番組録画システム 50全体を利 用して録画処理の予約を行うことができる。これにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51 乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、複数の記録再生装置を用いる場合において も、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情 報を再生したりすることができる。 By doing so, the first hard disk recorder 51 through the third hard disk recorder 53 make reservations for recording processing in cooperation with each other, and make reservations for recording processing using the entire program recording system 50. It can be performed. As a result, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, and record the recorded information. You can play.
[0132] 次に、マスタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の CPU71が番組予約情報を作成 する際に実行する番組予約情報作成処理について、図 11および図 12を参照して説 明する。なお、この処理は、図 10のステップ S36に対応する。また、必要に応じて、 図 13および図 14を参照して説明する。 [0132] Next, the program reservation information creation processing executed by the CPU 71 of the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master, when creating program reservation information will be described with reference to Figs. This process corresponds to step S36 in FIG. Also, if necessary, This will be described with reference to FIGS.
[0133] 各ハードディスクレコーダより番組予約候補を取得した第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 5 1の番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S91において、取得した複数の番組予約 候補について、その内容に基づいてソートし (整理し)、番組予約候補リストを作成す る。 [0133] In step S91, the program reservation information creation unit 168 of the first hard disk recorder 51 that has acquired the program reservation candidates from each hard disk recorder sorts (organizes) the plurality of acquired program reservation candidates based on the contents thereof. Create a program reservation candidate list.
[0134] 番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、 日付、時亥 I」、予約方法、録画する番組の放 送サービスによるチューナ制限、または、録画に必要なハードディスクの容量等に基 づいて、各予約候補にプライオリティを設定し、例えば、プライオリティの値が高い物 力 順番に並べる等、そのプライオリティ順に予約候補をソートする。  [0134] The program reservation information creation unit 168 may, for example, determine a date, a time, a reservation method, a tuner restriction by a broadcasting service of a program to be recorded, or a hard disk capacity required for recording. Priorities are set to the reservation candidates, and the reservation candidates are sorted in the order of priority, for example, by arranging in order of the physical value with the highest priority value.
[0135] また、その際、録画対象となる番組が重複する予約候補が存在する場合(同じ番組 の録画処理を予約する予約候補が複数存在する場合)、番組予約情報作成部 168 は、それらの予約候補を 1つにまとめる(それらの複数の予約候補の内、 1つだけを 残してその他を削除する)等の処理を行う。  [0135] At this time, if there are reservation candidates in which the program to be recorded overlaps (when there are a plurality of reservation candidates for reserving the recording process of the same program), the program reservation information creation unit 168 sets the Processing such as combining reservation candidates into one (leaving only one of the plurality of reservation candidates and deleting others) is performed.
[0136] 番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、図 13に示されるように、第 1ハードディスクレ コーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53のそれぞれより、予約候補群 191一 1乃 至予約候補群 191-3を取得する。  [0136] For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the program reservation information creating unit 168 receives the reservation candidate group 1911 from the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53, as shown in FIG. To get 3.
[0137] 図 13の予約候補群 191-1において、予約候補は、例えば予約候補 201のように 行で示されており、予約候補の内容(項目)として、録画処理を行う日付を示す「月日 」、録画処理を行う時刻を示す「時刻」、録画処理を行う番組のチャンネル「チャンネ ル」、録画する際の画質を指定する「画質」、および録画処理に使用するチューナを 指定する「チューナ」等の項目が含まれている。例えば、予約候補 201の場合、「月 日」の項目には「3/25」が示されており、「時刻」の項目には「8:00 - 9:00」が示され ており、「チャンネル」の項目には「1CH」が示されており、「画質」の項目には ^ 」が 示されており、「チューナ」の項目には「指定なし」が示されている。この場合、予約候 補 201は、 3月 25日の 8時から 9時の間に、チャンネル番号 1で放送される番組を、 S P (標準)の画質で、任意のチューナを用いて録画することを予約する予約候補であ る。なお、予約候補群 191—2および 191—3についても、予約候補群 191—1の場合 と同様であるのでその説明を省略する。 [0138] このような場合において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、第 1ハードディスク レコーダ 51において設定された予約候補群 191一 1の予約候補 201と、第 2ハードデ イスタレコーダ 52において設定された予約候補群 191-2の予約候補 221とで、録画 する番組が重複しているので、予約候補 221を削除し、予約候補 201のみを残す。 同様に、予約候補群 191—2の予約候補 222と、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53にお いて設定された予約候補群 191-3の予約候補 231とで、録画する番組が重複して いるので、予約候補 231を削除し、予約候補 222のみを残す。 In the reservation candidate group 191-1 of FIG. 13, the reservation candidates are indicated by rows, for example, as the reservation candidates 201, and the content (item) of the reservation candidate is “month” indicating the date on which the recording process is performed. "Date", "Time" indicating the time to perform the recording process, "Channel" of the program to be recorded, "Image quality" to specify the image quality when recording, and "Tuner" to specify the tuner to use for the recording process And the like. For example, in the case of the reservation candidate 201, "3/25" is indicated in the item of "month and day", "8:00-9:00" is indicated in the item of "time", and " The item “Channel” indicates “1CH”, the item “Image quality” indicates “^”, and the item “Tuner” indicates “No designation”. In this case, the reservation candidate 201 reserves to record a program broadcast on channel number 1 between 8:00 and 9:00 on March 25 with SP (standard) image quality using any tuner. This is a candidate for reservation. Note that the reservation candidate groups 191-2 and 191-3 are also the same as the reservation candidate group 191-1, and a description thereof will be omitted. In such a case, for example, the program reservation information creating section 168 sets the reservation candidates 201 of the reservation candidate group 1911 set in the first hard disk recorder 51 and the reservation candidates 201 set in the second hard disk recorder 52. Since the programs to be recorded overlap with the reservation candidate 221 of the reservation candidate group 191-2, the reservation candidate 221 is deleted and only the reservation candidate 201 is left. Similarly, since the reservation candidate 222 of the reservation candidate group 191-2 and the reservation candidate 231 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 set in the third hard disk recorder 53 overlap the programs to be recorded, The candidate 231 is deleted, and only the reservation candidate 222 is left.
[0139] 次に、番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、残った予約候補の「日付」および「時 亥 1J」の項目を参照し、時期の早レ、ものから順に並べる。そして、番組予約情報作成部 168は、時期が同じ複数の予約候補の、「チューナ」の項目を参照し、使用するチュ ーナの指定があるものを上位にソートする。このとき、番組予約情報作成部 168は、 チューナを指定する予約候補が複数ある場合には、その指定されたチューナにより 設定するプライオリティの値を変更する。  Next, the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the items “date” and “time 1J” of the remaining reservation candidates, for example, and arranges them in order from the earliest one and the earlier one. Then, the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the item “tuner” of the plurality of reservation candidates having the same time, and sorts those having the designation of the tuner to be used in the higher order. At this time, when there are a plurality of reservation candidates specifying a tuner, the program reservation information creation unit 168 changes the priority value set by the specified tuner.
[0140] 「日付」および「時刻」が重複し、使用するチューナを指定していない予約候補が複 数存在する場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、「チャンネル」の項目を参照 し、値の小さい予約候補から順に並べる。  When “date” and “time” overlap and there are a plurality of reservation candidates for which no tuner is used, the program reservation information creation unit 168 refers to, for example, the item of “channel”, The reservation candidates are arranged in ascending order of value.
[0141] 図 13の例において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、予約候補群 191 - 2の予約候補 222および予約候補 223が、録画処理を行う時期が最も早ぐかつ、録画に使用する チューナが「2」(第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の第 1チューナ 81)または「3_2」(第 3 ハードディスクレコーダ 53の第 2チューナ 121)に指定されているので、これらのプラ ィオリティを高く設定し、予約候補 222を予約候補リストの上から第 1行目に予約候補 241として設定 (ソート)し、予約候補 223を予約候補リストの上から第 2行目に予約 候補 242として設定 (ソート)している。  In the example of FIG. 13, the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines that the reservation candidate 222 and the reservation candidate 223 of the reservation candidate group 191-2 have the earliest time for performing the recording process and the tuner used for recording is Since "2" (the first tuner 81 of the second hard disk recorder 52) or "3_2" (the second tuner 121 of the third hard disk recorder 53), these priorities are set higher and the reservation candidates 222 Is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 241 on the first line from the top of the reservation candidate list, and the reservation candidate 223 is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 242 on the second line from the top of the reservation candidate list.
[0142] また、番組予約情報作成部 168は、予約候補群 191 - 1の予約候補 201が、録画 処理を行う時期が最も早ぐかつ、チューナの指定が無い予約候補の中で、チャンネ ルの値が最も小さいので、予約候補 201を予約候補リストの上から第 3行目に予約候 補 243として設定(ソート)し、次にチャンネルの値が小さい予約候補群 191—3の予 約候補 232を予約候補リストの上から第 4行目に予約候補 244として設定 (ソート)し ている。 [0142] In addition, the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines that the reservation candidate 201 of the reservation candidate group 191-1 has the earliest time for performing the recording process and among the reservation candidates with no tuner designation, Since the value is the smallest, the reservation candidate 201 is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 243 on the third line from the top of the reservation candidate list, and then the reservation candidate group 191-3 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 with the next smallest channel value 232 Is set (sorted) as reservation candidate 244 on the fourth line from the top of the reservation candidate list. ing.
[0143] そして、番組予約情報作成部 168は、録画処理を行う時期が次に早い予約候補群 191-3の予約候補 233を予約候補リストの上から第 5行目に予約候補 245として設 定 (ソート)し、録画処理を行う時期が最も遅い予約候補群 191-3の予約候補 234を 予約候補リストの一番下の行に予約候補 246として設定(ソート)している。  [0143] Then, the program reservation information creation unit 168 sets the reservation candidate 233 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 in which the recording processing is to be performed next, as the reservation candidate 245 on the fifth line from the top of the reservation candidate list. (Sort), and the reservation candidate 234 of the reservation candidate group 191-3 which is the latest in performing the recording process is set (sorted) as the reservation candidate 246 in the bottom line of the reservation candidate list.
[0144] このように、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S91において、取得した複数の 番組予約候補について、その内容に基づいてソートし (整理し)、番組予約候補リスト を作成する。  As described above, in step S91, the program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts (organizes) the plurality of acquired program reservation candidates based on the contents thereof, and creates a program reservation candidate list.
[0145] 番組予約候補リストを作成した番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S92において 、取得した複数の装置情報を、その内容に基づいてソートし (整理し)、装置情報リス トを作成する。  [0145] In step S92, the program reservation information creation unit 168 that has created the program reservation candidate list sorts (organizes) the plurality of pieces of acquired device information based on the contents, and creates a device information list.
[0146] 番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、各ハードディスクレコーダに予め割り当てら れた装置番号等に基づいて、装置情報をソートする。  [0146] The program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts the device information based on, for example, a device number assigned to each hard disk recorder in advance.
[0147] 番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、図 13に示されるように、第 1ハードディスクレ コーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53のそれぞれより、装置情報 211-1乃至 予約候補群 211-3を取得する。  [0147] For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the program reservation information creating unit 168 generates the device information 211-1 to the reservation candidate group 211-3 from the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53, respectively. get.
[0148] 例えば、装置情報 211— 1には、情報の内容(項目)として、そのハードディスクレコ ーダが内蔵するハードディスクの空き容量 (すなわち、記憶部 87のコンテンツ記憶部 91の空き容量)を示す「空き容量」、そのハードディスクレコーダが有するチューナの 数を示す「チューナ数」、並びに、受信可能な放送サービスの種類 (すなわち、チュ ーナが受信可能な受信信号の種類)を示す「受信信号種類」等の項目が含まれてレ、 る。例えば、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の装置情報 211— 1の場合、「空き容量」の 項目には「30GB」が示されており、「チューナ数」の項目には「1」が示されており、「 受信信号種類」の項目には地上波アナログ放送を示す「地上波」が示されている。こ の場合、装置情報 211-1は、内蔵するハードディスクの空き容量が 30GB (ギガバイ ト)であり、内蔵するチューナの数が 1個(第 1チューナ 81のみ)であり、そのチューナ の受信可能な放送サービスが地上波アナログ放送であることが示されてレ、る。なお、 装置情報 211—2および 211—3につレ、ても、装置情報 211—1の場合と同様であるの でその説明を省略する。 [0148] For example, the device information 211-1 indicates, as the content (item) of the information, the free space of the hard disk incorporated in the hard disk recorder (that is, the free space of the content storage unit 91 of the storage unit 87). "Free space", "number of tuners" indicating the number of tuners in the hard disk recorder, and "received signal type" indicating the type of broadcast service that can be received (that is, the type of received signal that can be received by the tuner) And other items are included. For example, in the case of the device information 211-1 of the first hard disk recorder 51, "30 GB" is indicated in the item of "free space", and "1" is indicated in the item of the number of tuners. The item “Received signal type” indicates “terrestrial wave” indicating terrestrial analog broadcast. In this case, the device information 211-1 indicates that the free space of the built-in hard disk is 30 GB (gigabyte), the number of built-in tuners is one (only the first tuner 81), and the tuner can receive It has been shown that the broadcast service is terrestrial analog broadcasting. Note that the device information 211-2 and 211-3 are the same as in the case of the device information 211-1. The description is omitted.
[0149] このような場合において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、例えば、第 1ハードディスク レコーダ 51の装置番号を「1」とし、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の装置番号を「2」と し、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の装置番号を「3」とするとき、これらの装置情報 21 1一 1乃至 211— 3を、その装置番号によりソートし、図 13に示されるような装置情報リ スト 250を作成する。装置情報リスト 250において、装置情報 211—1は装置情報 251 として、上から 1行目にソートされ、装置情報 211— 2は装置情報 252として、上から 2 行目にソートされ、装置情報 211-3は装置情報 253として、上から 3行目にソートさ れている。  In such a case, for example, the program reservation information creating unit 168 sets the device number of the first hard disk recorder 51 to “1”, sets the device number of the second hard disk recorder 52 to “2”, Assuming that the device number of the hard disk recorder 53 is "3", the device information 211-1-1 through 211-3 are sorted by the device number, and a device information list 250 as shown in FIG. 13 is created. . In the device information list 250, the device information 211-1 is sorted as the device information 251 on the first line from the top, and the device information 211-2 is sorted as the device information 252 on the second line from the top. 3 is sorted as the device information 253 on the third line from the top.
[0150] このように、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S92において、取得した複数の 装置情報を、例えば装置番号等に基づいてソートし (整理し)、装置情報リストを作成 する。  [0150] As described above, in step S92, the program reservation information creating unit 168 sorts (arranges) the plurality of pieces of acquired device information based on, for example, device numbers and the like, and creates a device information list.
[0151] ステップ S92の処理を終了すると、番組予約情報作成部 168は、作成した予約候 補リストや装置情報リストを用いて、番組予約情報の作成を開始する。  When the process of step S92 is completed, the program reservation information creation unit 168 starts creating program reservation information using the created reservation candidate list and device information list.
[0152] ステップ S 92の処理を終了した番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S 93に処理 を進め、番組予約候補リスト 240の予約候補を選択するための変数 Nの値を「1」に 設定し、ステップ S94に処理を進める。ステップ S94において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、番組予約候補リスト 240より、例えば、上から N番目の番組予約候補を処理 対象として読み出し、ステップ S95に処理を進める。番組予約情報作成部 168は、ス テツプ S95において、読み出した番組予約候補に対応するチューナを確認する。す なわち、番組予約情報作成部 168は、読み出した番組予約候補のチャンネルに関 する情報等に基づいて、その番組予約候補が指定する番組を受信可能なチューナ の種類を特定し、装置情報を参照してそのチューナを有するハードディスクレコーダ を特定する。そして、番組予約情報作成部 168は、既に作成した予約情報を参照し 、録画予定の時刻におけるそのチューナの使用状況 (使用予定)を確認する。録画 可能なチューナが複数存在する場合は、番組予約情報作成部 168は、それらの全 てについて確認する。  [0152] The program reservation information creation unit 168 that has completed the processing in step S92 proceeds to step S93, and sets the value of the variable N for selecting a reservation candidate in the program reservation candidate list 240 to "1". Then, the process proceeds to step S94. In step S94, the program reservation information creation unit 168 reads, for example, the Nth program reservation candidate from the top from the program reservation candidate list 240 as a processing target, and proceeds to step S95. In step S95, the program reservation information creation unit 168 confirms the tuner corresponding to the read program reservation candidate. That is, the program reservation information creation unit 168 specifies the type of tuner that can receive the program specified by the program reservation candidate based on the read information on the channel of the program reservation candidate and the like, and The hard disk recorder having the tuner is specified by reference. Then, the program reservation information creating section 168 refers to the already created reservation information and confirms the use status (scheduled use) of the tuner at the scheduled recording time. If there are a plurality of recordable tuners, the program reservation information creation unit 168 checks all of them.
[0153] 以上のようにしてチューナの使用予定 (空き状況)を確認すると、番組予約情報作 成部 168は、ステップ S96において、その番組予約候補に対応するチューナ、すな わち、番組予約候補が指定する番組を録画可能なチューナ (番組予約候補が指定 する番組を受信可能であり、かつ、その録画予定時刻に使用予定の無いチューナ) が存在するか否かを判定する。 [0153] When the use schedule (availability) of the tuner is confirmed as described above, the program reservation information In step S96, the component unit 168 selects a tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, that is, a tuner capable of recording the program specified by the program reservation candidate (the program can receive the program specified by the program reservation candidate, and It is determined whether there is a tuner that is not scheduled to be used at the scheduled recording time.
[0154] ステップ S95の処理による確認の結果、番組予約候補に対応するチューナが存在 すると判定した場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S97に処理を進め、番 組予約候補に対応するチューナが複数存在するか否かを判定する。チューナ数が 複数存在する場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S 98に処理を進め、装置 情報を参照し、それらのチューナを有するハードディスクレコーダの内、空き容量が 最も多いハードディスクを有するハードディスクレコーダのチューナを検索する。  [0154] As a result of the confirmation in step S95, if it is determined that there is a tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, the program reservation information creation unit 168 advances the process to step S97, and the tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate is determined. It is determined whether or not a plurality exists. If there are a plurality of tuners, the program reservation information creating section 168 proceeds to step S98, refers to the device information, and, among the hard disk recorders having the tuners, the hard disk recorder having the largest available free space. Search for a tuner.
[0155] そして、その検索が終了すると、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S99におい て、検索された空き容量が最も多いハードディスクを有するハードディスクレコーダの チューナを、番組予約候補に対応する録画処理に用いることを決定し、処理を図 12 のステップ S101に処理を進める。  [0155] Then, when the search is completed, the program reservation information creating unit 168, in step S99, uses the searched tuner of the hard disk recorder having the hard disk having the largest free space in the recording process corresponding to the program reservation candidate. It is decided to use it, and the process proceeds to step S101 in FIG.
[0156] なお、ステップ S97において、番組予約候補に対応するチューナが 1台のみであり 、複数存在しないと判定した場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S98の処 理を省略し、ステップ S99に処理を進め、その 1台のチューナを、番組予約候補に対 応する録画処理に用いることを決定し、処理を図 12のステップ S101に処理を進める  If it is determined in step S97 that there is only one tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate and that there are not a plurality of tuners, the program reservation information creation unit 168 omits the processing of step S98 and proceeds to step S99. It is determined that one tuner is to be used for the recording process corresponding to the program reservation candidate, and the process proceeds to step S101 in FIG.
[0157] 以上のようにして、各予約候補に対して使用するチューナを決定するが、チューナ を使用するハードディスクレコーダが内蔵するハードディスクに空き容量が十分でな い場合も考えられる。従って、以下の処理により、録画処理に使用されるチューナと 異なるハードディスクレコーダのハードディスクに番組を記憶させることができるように する。 [0157] As described above, the tuner to be used for each reservation candidate is determined. However, there may be a case where the hard disk built in the hard disk recorder using the tuner has insufficient free space. Therefore, by the following processing, the program can be stored on the hard disk of the hard disk recorder different from the tuner used for the recording processing.
[0158] 図 12のステップ S 101において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、番組予約候補の「 時亥 1 や「画質」の項目を参照し、録画に必要なデータ量を予想し、算出する。そして 、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S102に処理を進め、装置情報に基づいて 、録画処理に使用するチューナのハードディスクレコーダが有するハードディスクに、 その番組を記憶可能か否力を判定する。録画処理に使用するチューナのハードディ スクレコーダが有するハードディスクの空き容量力 S、番組を記憶するのに不足してお り、記憶可能でないと判定した場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S103に 処理を進め、装置情報リストを参照し、他のハードディスクレコーダにおいて番組を記 憶可能な記憶部が存在するか否かを判定する。空き容量が録画に十分な量であり、 番組を記憶可能な記憶部が存在すると判定した場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は 、ステップ S 104に処理を進め、番組を記憶させる記憶部を、番組を記憶可能な記憶 部の内、空き容量の最も多い記憶部に決定し、処理をステップ S105に進める。 In step S101 in FIG. 12, the program reservation information creation unit 168 estimates and calculates the amount of data required for recording with reference to the items “time stamp 1” and “image quality” of the program reservation candidates. Then, the program reservation information creating unit 168 advances the process to step S102, and based on the device information, stores the program in the hard disk of the tuner hard disk recorder used for the recording process. It is determined whether the program can be stored. If it is determined that the free space capacity S of the hard disk of the tuner hard disk recorder used for the recording process is insufficient to store the program and that the program cannot be stored, the program reservation information creation unit 168 proceeds to step S103. The process proceeds, and it is determined by referring to the device information list whether or not a storage unit capable of storing the program exists in another hard disk recorder. If it is determined that the free space is sufficient for recording and that there is a storage unit capable of storing the program, the program reservation information creating unit 168 proceeds to step S104, and stores the program in the storage unit. Is determined to be the storage unit having the largest free space among the storage units that can store, and the process proceeds to step S105.
[0159] また、ステップ S102において、録画処理に使用するチューナのハードディスクレコ ーダが有するハードディスクの空き容量力 番組を記憶するのに十分な量であり、記 憶可能であると判定した場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S103およびス テツプ S104の処理を省略し、ステップ S105に処理を進める。 [0159] Also, in step S102, if it is determined that the program has enough free space on the hard disk of the hard disk recorder of the tuner to be used for the recording process and that the program can be stored, The reservation information creation unit 168 omits the processing of step S103 and step S104, and proceeds to step S105.
[0160] ステップ S105において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、以上の決定に基づいて、 装置情報を更新し、使用が決定されたハードディスクの空き容量をステップ S101に おいて算出した予想使用量分削減し、ステップ S106に処理を進め、以上の決定に 基づいて、番組予約情報を作成し、ステップ S 108に処理を進める。  [0160] In step S105, the program reservation information creating unit 168 updates the device information based on the above determination, and reduces the free space of the hard disk determined to be used by the estimated usage calculated in step S101. Then, the process proceeds to step S106, program reservation information is created based on the above determination, and the process proceeds to step S108.
[0161] また、図 11のステップ S96において、番組予約候補に対応するチューナが存在し ないと判定した場合、または、図 12のステップ S103において、番組を記憶可能な記 憶部が番組録画システム 50を構成するハードディスクレコーダに存在しないと判定し た場合、番組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S 107に処理を進め、エラー処理を 行レ、、この予約候補に対する処理を中止し、ステップ S 108に処理を進める。  [0161] Further, when it is determined in step S96 of FIG. 11 that there is no tuner corresponding to the program reservation candidate, or in step S103 of FIG. If it is determined that the program does not exist in the hard disk recorder constituting the program, the program reservation information creation unit 168 proceeds to step S107, performs error processing, stops processing for this reservation candidate, and proceeds to step S108. Proceed with the process.
[0162] 以上のように、番組予約情報作成部 168は、予約候補リスト 240に含まれる 1つの 番組予約候補に対して処理を行レ、、使用するチューナやハードディスク等を決定し、 番組予約情報を作成し、図 14に示されるような予約情報リストを作成する。  [0162] As described above, the program reservation information creation unit 168 performs processing on one program reservation candidate included in the reservation candidate list 240, determines a tuner, a hard disk, and the like to be used. Is created, and a reservation information list as shown in FIG. 14 is created.
[0163] 図 14において、予約情報リスト 260は、予約候補リスト 240に含まれる番組予約候 補や装置情報 250に基づレ、て作成された番組予約情報のリストである。予約情報リ スト 260において、番組予約情報は、番組予約情報 261乃至番組予約情報 266のよ うに、各行に示される。図 14において、番組予約情報 261乃至番組予約情報 266は 、それぞれ、番組予約候補 241乃至番組予約候補 246に対応する番組予約情報で ある。番組予約候補 243乃至番組予約候補 246において指定されていなかったチュ ーナに関しても、番組予約候補 263乃至番組予約候補 266においては、それぞれ、 上述したように指定されてレ、る。 In FIG. 14, a reservation information list 260 is a list of program reservation information created based on the program reservation candidates and the device information 250 included in the reservation candidate list 240. In the reservation information list 260, the program reservation information is indicated in each line as in the program reservation information 261 to the program reservation information 266. In FIG. 14, program reservation information 261 to program reservation information 266 are , Are program reservation information corresponding to the program reservation candidates 241 to 246, respectively. The tuners not specified in the program reservation candidates 243 to 246 are also specified in the program reservation candidates 263 to 266 as described above.
[0164] そして、ステップ S108において、番組予約情報作成部 168は、変数 Nの値が最大 値であるか否力、を判定し、すなわち、予約候補リスト 240に含まれる全ての番組予約 候補に対して番組予約情報の作成処理を行ったか否かを判定し、変数 Nが最大値 でないと判定した場合、すなわち、まだ未処理の番組予約候補が存在すると判定し た場合、処理をステップ S 109に進め、変数 Nの値を「1」インクリメント(増カロ)させ、図 11のステップ S94に処理を戻し、それ以降の処理を繰り返す。すなわち、番組予約 情報作成部 168は、次の番組予約候補に対する処理を開始する。  [0164] Then, in step S108, the program reservation information creation unit 168 determines whether or not the value of the variable N is the maximum value, that is, for all the program reservation candidates included in the reservation candidate list 240, If the variable N is not the maximum value, that is, if it is determined that there is an unprocessed program reservation candidate, the process proceeds to step S109. Then, the value of the variable N is incremented by "1" (increase in calories), the process returns to step S94 in FIG. 11, and the subsequent processes are repeated. That is, the program reservation information creation unit 168 starts processing for the next program reservation candidate.
[0165] 以上のように、各番組予約候補に対して番組予約情報の作成処理を行レ、、ステツ プ S108において、全ての番組予約候補に対して処理を行ったと判定した場合、番 組予約情報作成部 168は、ステップ S110に処理を進め、終了処理を行い、番組予 約情報作成処理を終了する。  [0165] As described above, the program reservation information creation processing is performed for each program reservation candidate. If it is determined in step S108 that processing has been performed for all program reservation candidates, the program reservation is performed. The information creating unit 168 advances the process to step S110, performs an end process, and ends the program reservation information creating process.
[0166] 以上のようにして、番組予約情報を作成するので、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51は 、番組録画システム 50全体を利用して録画処理の予約を行うことができる。これによ り、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、複数の記録 再生装置を用いる場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情 報を記録したり、その記録した情報を再生したりすることができる。  As described above, since the program reservation information is created, the first hard disk recorder 51 can make a reservation for the recording process by using the entire program recording system 50. As a result, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, and can record information obtained from outside or record the information. Information can be reproduced.
[0167] 以上のように作成された番組予約情報は、図 10のステップ S37およびステップ S38 において、ネットワーク 54を介して、図 15に示されるように、その番組予約情報が対 応するハードディスクレコーダに供給される。  [0167] In step S37 and step S38 in Fig. 10, the program reservation information created as described above is transmitted to the hard disk recorder corresponding to the program reservation information via the network 54 as shown in Fig. 15. Supplied.
[0168] 図 15において、予約情報リスト 260は、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リス ト 270、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リスト 280、および第 3ハードディスクレ コーダ用予約情報リスト 290に分割され、それぞれ、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51、 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52、または、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に供給される。  [0168] In Fig. 15, the reservation information list 260 is divided into a first hard disk recorder reservation information list 270, a second hard disk recorder reservation information list 280, and a third hard disk recorder reservation information list 290. , The first hard disk recorder 51, the second hard disk recorder 52, or the third hard disk recorder 53.
[0169] 番組予約情報の供給先は、その録画処理において使用されるチューナにより決定 される。すなわち、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リスト 270に含まれる番組 予約情報 271は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 264に対応し、第 1ハードディ スクレコーダ 51の第 1チューナ 81を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報であり、番 組予約情報 272は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 266に対応し、第 1ハードデ イスタレコーダ 51の第 1チューナ 81を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報である。 [0169] The supply destination of the program reservation information is determined by the tuner used in the recording process. Is done. That is, the program reservation information 271 included in the first hard disk recorder reservation information list 270 corresponds to the program reservation information 264 of the reservation information list 260, and the recording performed using the first tuner 81 of the first hard disk recorder 51. The program reservation information 272 is program reservation information corresponding to the program reservation information 266 of the reservation information list 260 and is recording information performed using the first tuner 81 of the first hard disk recorder 51. .
[0170] 同様に、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リスト 280に含まれる番組予約情報 281は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 261に対応し、第 2ハードディスクレコー ダ 52の第 1チューナ 81を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報である。  Similarly, the program reservation information 281 included in the second hard disk recorder reservation information list 280 corresponds to the program reservation information 261 of the reservation information list 260, and uses the first tuner 81 of the second hard disk recorder 52. This is the reservation information of the recording processing performed.
[0171] また、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リスト 290に含まれる番組予約情報 29 1は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 262に対応し、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の第 2チューナ 121を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報であり、番組予約情報 292は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 263に対応し、第 3ハードディスクレコー ダ 53の第 1チューナ 81を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報であり、番組予約情 報 293は、予約情報リスト 260の番組予約情報 265に対応し、第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53の第 1チューナ 81を用いて行われる録画処理の予約情報である。  [0171] Also, the program reservation information 291 included in the third hard disk recorder reservation information list 290 corresponds to the program reservation information 262 of the reservation information list 260, and uses the second tuner 121 of the third hard disk recorder 53. The program reservation information 292 corresponds to the program reservation information 263 of the reservation information list 260, and is the reservation information of the recording processing performed using the first tuner 81 of the third hard disk recorder 53. The program reservation information 293 corresponds to the program reservation information 265 of the reservation information list 260 and is the reservation information of the recording process performed using the first tuner 81 of the third hard disk recorder 53.
[0172] なお、番組予約情報を供給する先のハードディスクレコーダのチューナが 1つであ る場合、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ用予約情報リスト 280に示されるように、番組予約 情報の「使用チューナ」の項目を省略して供給するようにしてもよい。  [0172] If there is only one tuner of the hard disk recorder to which the program reservation information is supplied, as shown in the second hard disk recorder reservation information list 280, the item of the "used tuner" of the program reservation information May be omitted and supplied.
[0173] 次に、以上のようにして作成された番組予約情報に基づいて、録画処理を行う際に 実行される番組予約管理処理について、図 16のフローチャートを参照して説明する 。この処理は、図 10のステップ S39、ステップ S55、およびステップ S75に対応する。  Next, the program reservation management processing executed when performing the recording processing based on the program reservation information created as described above will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. This processing corresponds to step S39, step S55, and step S75 in FIG.
[0174] 番組予約情報管理部 174は、最初に、ステップ S121において、マスタの番組予約 情報作成部 168より供給される番組予約情報を取得したか否力、を判定する。上述し たように、マスタの番組予約情報管理部 174の場合、番組予約情報は、番組予約情 報作成部 168より直接供給され、スレーブの番組予約情報管理部 174の場合、ネット ワーク 54を介して供給される。番組予約情報を取得したと判定した場合、番組予約 情報管理部 174は、ステップ S122に処理を進め、取得した番組予約情報を保持し て管理し、ステップ S123に処理を進める。また、ステップ S121において、番組予約 情報を取得していないと判定した場合、番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S 122 の処理を省略し、ステップ S 123に処理を進める。 The program reservation information management unit 174 first determines whether or not the program reservation information supplied from the master program reservation information creation unit 168 has been acquired in step S121. As described above, in the case of the master program reservation information management unit 174, the program reservation information is directly supplied from the program reservation information creation unit 168, and in the case of the slave program reservation information management unit 174, it is transmitted via the network 54. Supplied. If it is determined that the program reservation information has been acquired, the program reservation information management unit 174 proceeds to step S122, holds and manages the acquired program reservation information, and proceeds to step S123. Also, in step S121, program reservation If it is determined that the information has not been acquired, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing in step S122 and proceeds to step S123.
[0175] ステップ S 123において、番組予約情報管理部 174は、保持している番組予約情 報に基づいて、現在の時刻が録画準備指定時刻であるか否かを判定し、録画準備 指定時刻であると判定した場合、ステップ S124に処理を進める。番組予約情報管理 部 174は、ステップ S124において、チューナ制御部 161を介して指定されたチュー ナのチャンネルを、録画する予定の番組を受信するように制御し、ステップ S125に おいて、録画処理制御部 175を制御して録画準備処理を行う。ステップ S126におい て、番組予約情報管理部 174は、番組予約情報に基づいて、他のハードディスクレ コーダの記憶部 87を利用するか否力、を判定し、利用すると判定した場合、番組予約 情報管理部 174は、ステップ S127に処理を進め、指定された記憶部 87を有するハ ードディスクレコーダを制御し、そのハードディスクを使用できるようにする。ステップ S 127の処理を完了した番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S 128に処理を進める  [0175] In step S123, the program reservation information management unit 174 determines whether or not the current time is the recording preparation specified time based on the held program reservation information. If it is determined that there is, the process proceeds to step S124. In step S124, the program reservation information management unit 174 controls the channel of the tuner designated via the tuner control unit 161 so as to receive the program to be recorded, and in step S125, performs the recording process control. The unit 175 is controlled to perform recording preparation processing. In step S126, the program reservation information management section 174 determines whether or not to use the storage section 87 of another hard disk recorder based on the program reservation information. The unit 174 advances the process to step S127, controls the hard disk recorder having the specified storage unit 87, and makes the hard disk usable. After completing the processing of step S127, the program reservation information management unit 174 proceeds to step S128
[0176] また、ステップ S123において、現在の時刻が録画準備指定時刻でないと判定した 場合、番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S124乃至ステップ S127の処理を省略 し、ステップ S128に処理を進める。さらに、ステップ S126において、チューナと同じ ハードディスクレコーダの記憶部 87を使用し、他のハードディスクレコーダの記憶部 8 7を使用しないと判定した場合も、番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S127の処 理を省略し、ステップ S128に処理を進める。 If it is determined in step S123 that the current time is not the designated time for recording preparation, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing of steps S124 to S127 and proceeds to step S128. Further, when it is determined in step S126 that the storage unit 87 of the same hard disk recorder as the tuner is used and the storage units 87 of the other hard disk recorders are not used, the program reservation information management unit 174 also performs the processing of step S127. Is omitted, and the process proceeds to step S128.
[0177] ステップ S128において、番組予約情報管理部 174は、現在の時刻が録画開始時 刻であるか否力、を判定し、録画開始時刻であると判定した場合、ステップ S 129にお いて、チューナ制御部 161を介してチューナを制御したり、録画処理制御部 175を介 してコンテンツ処理部 100を制御したりして、録画処理を開始し、ステップ S130に処 理を進める。また、ステップ S128において、現在の時刻が録画開始時刻でないと判 定した場合、番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S129の処理を省略し、ステップ S130に処理を進める。  [0177] In step S128, the program reservation information management unit 174 determines whether or not the current time is the recording start time, and when it is determined that the current time is the recording start time, in step S129, The recording process is started by controlling the tuner via the tuner control unit 161 or the content processing unit 100 via the recording process control unit 175, and the process proceeds to step S130. If it is determined in step S128 that the current time is not the recording start time, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips the processing in step S129 and proceeds to step S130.
[0178] ステップ S130において、番組予約情報管理部 174は、現在の時刻が録画終了時 刻であるか否力を判定し、録画終了時刻であると判定した場合、ステップ S131にお いて、チューナ制御部 161を介してチューナを制御したり、録画処理制御部 175を介 してコンテンツ処理部 100を制御したりして、録画処理を終了し、ステップ S132に処 理を進める。また、ステップ S130において、現在の時刻が録画終了時刻でないと判 定した場合、番組予約情報管理部 174は、ステップ S131の処理を省略し、ステップ S132に処理を進める。 [0178] In step S130, the program reservation information management unit 174 determines that the current time is In step S131, the tuner is controlled via the tuner control unit 161 or the content processing is performed via the recording processing control unit 175. The recording process is terminated by controlling the unit 100 or the like, and the process proceeds to step S132. If it is determined in step S130 that the current time is not the recording end time, the program reservation information management unit 174 skips step S131 and proceeds to step S132.
[0179] そして、ステップ S132において、番組予約情報管理部 174は、番組予約管理処理 を終了するか否かを判定し、終了しないと判定した場合、処理をステップ S121に戻 し、それ以降の処理を繰り返す。そして、ステップ S132において、番組予約管理処 理を終了すると判定した場合、ステップ S133に処理を進め、終了処理を行い、番組 予約管理処理を終了する。  Then, in step S132, program reservation information management section 174 determines whether or not to end the program reservation management processing, and if not, returns the processing to step S121, and performs the subsequent processing. repeat. If it is determined in step S132 that the program reservation management process is to be ended, the process proceeds to step S133, an end process is performed, and the program reservation management process ends.
[0180] このようにすることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53は、番組録画システム 50全体を利用して予約された録画処理を容易に管理 し、録画処理を実行させることができる。これにより、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃 至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、複数の記録再生装置を用いる場合においても、 より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、その記録した情報 を再生したりすることができる。  [0180] By doing so, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily manage the reserved recording process using the entire program recording system 50 and execute the recording process. be able to. As a result, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, record information acquired from outside, or record the recorded information. You can play.
[0181] 以上のように録画された番組は、予約が行われたハードディスクレコーダと異なるハ ードディスクレコーダの記憶部に記憶される場合がある。従って、そのような場合にお レ、ても、ユーザにとって、番組が、予約が行われたハードディスクレコーダの記憶部 に記憶されたときと同様の方法で再生できるようにするのが望ましい。以下において その方法について説明する。  [0181] The program recorded as described above may be stored in a storage unit of a hard disk recorder different from the reserved hard disk recorder. Therefore, in such a case, it is desirable for the user to be able to reproduce the program in the same manner as when the program is stored in the storage unit of the reserved hard disk recorder. The method is described below.
[0182] 図 17は、マスタであるハードディスクレコーダにおける再生処理に関する機能を説 明するための機能ブロック図である。  FIG. 17 is a functional block diagram for describing functions related to a reproduction process in a hard disk recorder serving as a master.
[0183] 図 17において、 CPU71の再生指示受付制御部 301は、入力部 77を介して入力さ れる、ユーザによる再生指示の受付を制御し、受け付けた再生指示を、記憶部 87に 記憶されているコンテンツを管理するコンテンツ管理部 302に供給する。マスタは、 全ての番組予約情報を作成するので、いつ、どのハードディスクレコーダにどの番組 が録画されるかを把握することができるので、その情報に基づいて、録画済みの番組 に関する情報である録画済み番組情報を作成し、 RAM73の録画済み番組情報保持 部 304において保持し、録画済み番組情報管理部 303により管理する。 In FIG. 17, the reproduction instruction reception control unit 301 of the CPU 71 controls reception of a reproduction instruction input by the user via the input unit 77, and the received reproduction instruction is stored in the storage unit 87. The content is supplied to a content management unit 302 that manages the content. The master creates all the program reservation information, so when and which program Since it is possible to know whether or not the recorded program is recorded, based on the information, the recorded program information that is information on the recorded program is created, and the recorded program information is stored in the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73, and the recorded program information is stored. It is managed by the program information management unit 303.
[0184] コンテンツ管理部 302は、この録画済み番組情報管理部 303にアクセスし、録画済 み番組情報を取得すると、その情報に基づいて、再生を指示された番組がどのハー ドディスクレコーダに録画されているかを把握する。そして、再生を指示された番組が 他のハードディスクレコーダに録画されている場合、コンテンツ要求供給部 305は、コ ンテンッ管理部 302に制御され、通信制御部 78を介してそのハードディスクレコーダ に対してコンテンツを要求する。コンテンツ取得部 306は、その要求に基づいて供給 されたコンテンツデータを、通信制御部 78を介して取得し、コンテンツ管理部 302に 供給する。 [0184] When the content management unit 302 accesses the recorded program information management unit 303 and acquires the recorded program information, the program instructed to be reproduced is recorded on any of the hard disk recorders based on the information. Figure out what is being done. Then, when the program instructed to be reproduced is recorded on another hard disk recorder, the content request supply unit 305 is controlled by the content management unit 302, and transmits the content to the hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78. Request. The content acquisition unit 306 acquires the content data supplied based on the request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies the content data to the content management unit 302.
[0185] 再生制御部 307は、コンテンツ処理部 100を制御し、記憶部 87に記憶されているコ ンテンッデータ、または、コンテンツ管理部 302よりコンテンツ処理部 100に供給され るコンテンツデータを再生させる。  [0185] The playback control unit 307 controls the content processing unit 100 to play back the content data stored in the storage unit 87 or the content data supplied from the content management unit 302 to the content processing unit 100.
[0186] コンテンツ要求取得部 308は、他のハードディスクレコーダにおいて、このハードデ イスタレコーダの記憶部 87に記憶されているコンテンツデータの再生指示がなされた 場合に供給されるコンテンツ要求を、通信制御部 78を介して取得し、コンテンツ管理 部 302に供給する。コンテンツ管理部 302は、その要求に基づいて、コンテンツ処理 部 100の記憶部 87にアクセスし、 目的のコンテンツデータを取得すると、そのコンテ ンッデータをコンテンツ供給部 309に供給する。コンテンツ供給部 309は、供給され たコンテンツデータを、通信制御部 78を介して要求元のハードディスクレコーダに供 給する。  [0186] The content request acquisition unit 308 sends the content request supplied when another hard disk recorder instructs to reproduce the content data stored in the storage unit 87 of the hard disk recorder to the communication control unit 78. And supplies it to the content management unit 302. Based on the request, the content management unit 302 accesses the storage unit 87 of the content processing unit 100 and obtains the target content data, and supplies the content data to the content supply unit 309. The content supply unit 309 supplies the supplied content data to the requesting hard disk recorder via the communication control unit 78.
[0187] また、マスタは、録画済み番組情報を管理しているため、他のハードディスクレコー ダにおいて再生指示が入力された場合、録画済み番組情報が要求される。録画済 み番組情報要求取得部 310は、そのような要求を、通信制御部 78を介して取得し、 録画済み番組情報管理部 303に供給する。録画済み番組情報管理部 303は、その 要求に基づレ、て、 RAM73の録画済み番組情報保持部 304より録画済み番組情報を 取得すると、取得した録画済み番組情報を録画済み番組情報供給部 311に供給す る。録画済み番組情報供給部 311は、供給された録画済み番組情報を、通信部 78 を介して要求元のハードディスクレコーダに供給する。 [0187] Also, since the master manages recorded program information, if a reproduction instruction is input in another hard disk recorder, the recorded program information is requested. The recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 acquires such a request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies the request to the recorded program information management unit 303. When the recorded program information management unit 303 acquires the recorded program information from the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73 based on the request, the recorded program information management unit 303 transmits the acquired recorded program information to the recorded program information supply unit 311. Supply to The The recorded program information supply unit 311 supplies the supplied recorded program information to the requesting hard disk recorder via the communication unit 78.
[0188] 図 18は、スレーブであるハードディスクレコーダにおける再生処理に関する機能を 説明するための機能ブロック図である。図 17と対応する部分については、同一の符 号を付してある。 [0188] Fig. 18 is a functional block diagram for explaining functions related to reproduction processing in a hard disk recorder serving as a slave. Parts corresponding to those in FIG. 17 are denoted by the same reference numerals.
[0189] 図 18において、スレーブは、マスタの場合と異なり、録画済み番組情報を管理して いないので、録画済み番組情報管理部 303、録画済み番組情報保持部 304、録画 済み番組情報要求取得部 310、並びに、録画済み番組情報供給部 311を有してい なレ、。その代わりに、スレーブは、録画済み番組情報を管理していないので、コンテ ンッ管理部 302に制御され、通信制御部 78を介して、録画済み番組情報を要求す る録画済み番組情報要求供給部 321、および、その要求に基づいて通信部 78を介 して供給される録画済み番組情報を取得し、それをコンテンツ管理部 302に供給す る録画済み番組情報取得部 322を有してレ、る。  In FIG. 18, unlike the master, the slave does not manage the recorded program information, so the recorded program information management unit 303, the recorded program information holding unit 304, and the recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 and the recorded program information supply unit 311. Instead, since the slave does not manage the recorded program information, it is controlled by the content management unit 302, and via the communication control unit 78, the recorded program information request supply unit that requests the recorded program information. 321, and a recorded program information acquisition unit 322 that acquires recorded program information supplied via the communication unit 78 based on the request, and supplies the acquired program information to the content management unit 302. You.
[0190] このようなマスタおよびスレーブ(第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディ スクレコーダ 53)により構成される番組録画システム 50において実行される再生処理 について、図 19のフローチャートを参照して説明する。なお、ここでは、第 2ハードデ イスタレコーダ 52において録画が予約された番組力 第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53 の記憶部 87に記憶されており、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52において、ユーザがそ の番組の再生を指示する場合にっレ、て説明する。  [0190] A reproduction process executed in the program recording system 50 including such a master and slaves (the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53) will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. Here, the program reserved for recording in the second hard disk recorder 52 is stored in the storage unit 87 of the third hard disk recorder 53, and the user instructs the second hard disk recorder 52 to reproduce the program. If you do, let me explain.
[0191] 最初に、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52のユーザが入力部 77を操作し、再生処理の 開始を指示すると、スレーブである第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52のコンテンツ管理部 302は、録画済み番組情報要求供給部 321に録画済み番組情報の要求をマスタに 供給するように指示する。録画済み番組情報要求供給部 321は、ステップ S171に おいて、コンテンツ管理部 302からの指示に基づいて通信制御部 78を制御して、マ スタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51に対して、録画済み番組情報を要求する。  [0191] First, when the user of the second hard disk recorder 52 operates the input unit 77 to instruct the start of the reproduction process, the content management unit 302 of the second hard disk recorder 52, which is the slave, supplies the recorded program information request. It instructs the unit 321 to supply a request for recorded program information to the master. In step S171, the recorded program information request supply unit 321 controls the communication control unit 78 based on the instruction from the content management unit 302, and sends the recorded program information to the first hard disk recorder 51 that is the master. Request program information.
[0192] マスタである第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51の録画済み番組情報要求取得部 310は 、ステップ S151において、ステップ S 171の処理において供給された要求を、通信制 御部 78を介して取得する。録画済み番組情報の要求を取得した録画済み番組情報 要求取得部 310は、その情報を録画済み番組情報管理部 303に供給する。録画済 み番組情報管理部 303は、その要求に基づいて、 RAM73の録画済み番組情報保 持部 304より録画済み番組情報を取得すると、その録画済み番組情報を録画済み 番組情報供給部 311に供給する。録画済み番組情報供給部 311は、ステップ S152 において、供給された録画済み番組情報を、通信制御部 78を介して要求元である 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52に供給する。 [0192] The recorded program information request acquisition unit 310 of the first hard disk recorder 51, which is the master, acquires the request supplied in the process of step S171 via the communication control unit 78 in step S151. Recorded program information that has obtained a request for recorded program information The request acquisition unit 310 supplies the information to the recorded program information management unit 303. When the recorded program information management unit 303 acquires the recorded program information from the recorded program information holding unit 304 of the RAM 73 based on the request, it supplies the recorded program information to the recorded program information supply unit 311. I do. In step S152, the recorded program information supply unit 311 supplies the supplied recorded program information to the requesting second hard disk recorder 52 via the communication control unit 78.
[0193] 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52の録画済み番組情報取得部 322は、ステップ S172 において、その録画済み番組情報を、通信制御部 78を介して取得すると、それをコ ンテンッ管理部 302に供給する。コンテンツ管理部 302は、録画済み番組情報を取 得すると、それをグラフィック処理コントローラ 80に供給し、録画済み番組情報を画像 情報に変換させる。グラフィック処理コントローラ 80は、録画済み番組情報を画像情 報に変換すると、その変換された録画済み番組情報を、表示制御部 86を介してモニ タ 142に供給し、録画済み番組情報に対応する画像を表示させる。  [0193] When the recorded program information acquisition unit 322 of the second hard disk recorder 52 acquires the recorded program information via the communication control unit 78 in step S172, the acquired program information is supplied to the content management unit 302. When acquiring the recorded program information, the content management unit 302 supplies the acquired program information to the graphic processing controller 80 to convert the recorded program information into image information. After converting the recorded program information into image information, the graphic processing controller 80 supplies the converted recorded program information to the monitor 142 via the display control unit 86, and the image corresponding to the recorded program information is provided. Is displayed.
[0194] ユーザは、以上のようにして表示された録画済み番組情報に関する画像に基づい て再生する番組を選択し、入力部 77を操作してその情報を入力する。再生指示受付 制御部 301は、ステップ S173において番組再生指定受付処理を行レ、、入力部 77よ り入力される、再生する番組を指定する指示を受け付け、その指示をコンテンツ管理 部 302に供給する。  The user selects a program to be reproduced based on the image related to the recorded program information displayed as described above, and operates the input unit 77 to input the information. The reproduction instruction reception control unit 301 performs a program reproduction designation reception process in step S173, receives an instruction for specifying a program to be reproduced, which is input from the input unit 77, and supplies the instruction to the content management unit 302. .
[0195] コンテンツ管理部 302は、その指示に基づいて、 目的のコンテンツデータが第 3ノヽ ードディスクレコーダ 53の記憶部 87に記憶されていることを把握し、コンテンツ要求 部 305に、そのコンテンツデータを要求させる。コンテンツ要求部 305は、ステップ S1 74において、コンテンツ管理部 302に制御され、第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53に対 して、通信制御部 78を介して再生指定番組のコンテンツデータを要求する。スレー ブである第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53のコンテンツ要求取得部 308は、ステップ S19 1において、通信制御部 78を介して、その要求を取得し、コンテンツ管理部 302に供 給する。コンテンツ管理部 302は、その要求に基づいて、記憶部 87にアクセスし、 目 的のコンテンツデータを取得すると、それをコンテンツ供給部 309に供給する。コンテ ンッ供給部 309は、コンテンツ管理部 302に制御され、ステップ S192において、要 求されたコンテンツデータ(再生指定番組)を、通信制御部 78を介して要求元である 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52に供給する。 [0195] Based on the instruction, the content management unit 302 recognizes that the target content data is stored in the storage unit 87 of the third node disk recorder 53, and sends the content request unit 305 to the content request unit 305. Ask for data. The content request unit 305 is controlled by the content management unit 302 in step S 174, and requests the third hard disk recorder 53 for the content data of the reproduction designated program via the communication control unit 78. The content request acquisition unit 308 of the third hard disk recorder 53, which is a slave, acquires the request via the communication control unit 78 and supplies it to the content management unit 302 in step S191. Based on the request, the content management unit 302 accesses the storage unit 87 and obtains the target content data, and supplies it to the content supply unit 309. The content supply unit 309 is controlled by the content management unit 302, and in step S192, The requested content data (reproduction designated program) is supplied to the second hard disk recorder 52 that is the request source via the communication control unit 78.
[0196] 第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52のコンテンツ取得部 306は、ステップ S175において 、通信制御部 78を介して、要求したコンテンツデータを取得すると、それをコンテンツ 管理部 302に供給する。コンテンツ管理部 302は、ステップ S176において、再生制 御部 307を制御して、取得したコンテンツデータ(再生指定番組)を再生させる。再生 制御部 307は、コンテンツ処理部 100を制御して、供給されるコンテンツデータを再 生する。 [0196] Upon acquiring the requested content data via the communication control unit 78 in step S175, the content acquisition unit 306 of the second hard disk recorder 52 supplies it to the content management unit 302. In step S176, the content management unit 302 controls the playback control unit 307 to play back the acquired content data (playback designated program). The reproduction control unit 307 controls the content processing unit 100 to reproduce the supplied content data.
[0197] コンテンツデータの再生が終了すると、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52は、再生処理 を終了する。  When the reproduction of the content data ends, the second hard disk recorder 52 ends the reproduction processing.
[0198] 以上のようにして、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53 は、互いに連携して再生処理を行う。このようにすることにより、第 1ハードディスクレコ ーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53のユーザは、他のハードディスクレコーダ に記録されてレ、る番組を再生させる等、番組録画システム 50全体を利用して録画さ れた番組を再生する再生処理を容易に行うことができる。これにより、第 1ハードディ スクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、複数の記録再生装置を用いる 場合においても、より容易かつ柔軟に対処し、外部より取得した情報を記録したり、そ の記録した情報を再生したりすることができる。  [0198] As described above, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 perform reproduction processing in cooperation with each other. By doing so, the user of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can use the entire program recording system 50, such as reproducing a program recorded on another hard disk recorder. The reproduction process for reproducing the recorded program can be easily performed. As a result, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 can easily and flexibly cope with a case where a plurality of recording / reproducing devices are used, and can record information obtained from outside or record the information. Information can be reproduced.
[0199] なお、以上においては、第 2ハードディスクレコーダ 52において、ユーザが番組を 予約し、その予約に対応する番組が第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の記憶部に記憶 されている場合について説明した力 これに限らず、どのハードディスクレコーダが、 どのハードディスクレコーダに記憶されている番組を再生することも可能である。  In the above description, in the second hard disk recorder 52, the user has reserved a program and the program corresponding to the reservation is stored in the storage unit of the third hard disk recorder 53. Not limited to this, any hard disk recorder can reproduce a program stored in any hard disk recorder.
[0200] また、以上においては、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコ ーダ 53のユーザは、互いに異なる場合について説明した力 これに限らず、番組録 画システム 50のハードディスクレコーダの一部または全部のユーザが同一人物であ つて ¾も んよレ、。  [0200] In the above, the users of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 are not limited to the power described in the case where they are different from each other. All users are the same person.
[0201] なお、例えば、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53の ユーザが同一人物であり、一人のユーザにより、これらのハードディスクレコーダが管 理されている場合、各ハードディスクレコーダにおける嗜好情報は、統一されている のが望ましい場合がある。そのような場合において、嗜好情報に基づいて作成された 予約候補がスレーブからマスタに供給されないようにしてもよい。 [0201] For example, the users of the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 are the same person, and these hard disk recorders are managed by one user. If this is the case, it may be desirable for the preference information in each hard disk recorder to be unified. In such a case, the reservation candidate created based on the preference information may not be supplied from the slave to the master.
[0202] また、本発明は、上述した機能以外の機能を有する構成のハードディスクレコーダ においても適用することができる。従って、上述した、第 1ハードディスクレコーダ 51 乃至第 3ハードディスクレコーダ 53は、上述した以外の機能をさらに有するようにして ももちろんよい。 [0202] The present invention can also be applied to a hard disk recorder having a function other than the functions described above. Therefore, the first hard disk recorder 51 to the third hard disk recorder 53 described above may of course have functions other than those described above.
[0203] また、図 1の番組録画システム 50を構成する端末装置として、上述したハードデイス クレコーダ以外にも、例えば、 DVDや CD等の光ディスクを用いた記録再生装置であ つてもよいし、それ以外のものであってももちろんよい。  [0203] In addition to the hard disk recorder described above, for example, a recording / reproducing device using an optical disk such as a DVD or a CD may be used as a terminal device constituting the program recording system 50 in FIG. Of course, it may be.
[0204] なお、以上においては、マスタが各ハードディスクレコーダにおいて作成された予 約候補を収集し、それらに基づいて番組予約情報を生成し、その番組予約情報を各 スレーブに分配するように説明した力 これに限らず、例えば、各ハードディスクレコ ーダがそれぞれにおレ、て設定され予約候補に基づレ、て番組予約情報を生成し、互 レ、に、その番組予約情報を、必要に応じて他のハードディスクレコーダに配信するよ うにしてもよい。  [0204] It has been described above that the master collects the reservation candidates created in each hard disk recorder, generates program reservation information based on them, and distributes the program reservation information to each slave. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, each hard disk recorder may generate program reservation information based on a reservation candidate that is set individually, and the program reservation information may be required for each other. It may be distributed to other hard disk recorders accordingly.
[0205] すなわち、以上においては、「番,組録画システム 50は、 1台のマスタ、および、その マスタが管理するスレーブによって構成される」ように説明したが、この説明は物理的 なネットワーク構成についての説明ではなぐ論理的なネットワーク構成に関する説 明であり、物理的に同じノ、ードディスクレコーダが複数の『番組録画システム 50』に属 するようにしてもよレヽ。例えば、図 2において、ハードディスクレコーダ 51乃至ハード ディスクレコーダ 53からなる『番組録画システム 50』を複数構成するようにしてもょレ、 。その場合、各『番組録画システム 50』のマスタとなるハードディスクレコーダは、互い に異なる。  [0205] That is, in the above description, "the number and group recording system 50 is configured by one master and a slave managed by the master", but this description is based on the physical network configuration. This is not a description of a logical network configuration but a description of a logical network configuration, and physically the same disk drive may belong to a plurality of “program recording systems 50”. For example, in FIG. 2, a plurality of “program recording systems 50” including the hard disk recorder 51 to the hard disk recorder 53 may be configured. In that case, the hard disk recorders that are the masters of each “program recording system 50” are different from each other.
[0206] このように『番組録画システム 50』を構成することにより、ハードディスクレコーダ 51 乃至ハードディスクレコーダ 53を同時にマスタとして動作させることができる。そして、 その際、それぞれのマスタが、スレーブとする他のハードディスクレコーダから予約候 補を収集しないので、各マスタによって同じ予約候補力 複数の番組予約情報が生 成されてしまうことを抑制することができる。つまり、この場合、各ハードディスクレコー ダは、それぞれ各自において設定された予約候補のみに基づいて番組予約情報を 生成する。 [0206] By configuring the "program recording system 50" in this manner, the hard disk recorders 51 to 53 can simultaneously operate as masters. At that time, since each master does not collect a reservation candidate from another hard disk recorder as a slave, the same reservation candidate power is generated by each master. That can be suppressed. In other words, in this case, each hard disk recorder generates program reservation information based only on the reservation candidates set in itself.
[0207] 例えば、チューナを有していないハードディスクレコーダ力 マスタとして動作し、嗜 好情報やユーザ入力等から予約候補を設定し、その予約候補から予約情報を生成 し、その予約情報を、チューナを有する他のハードディスクレコーダにネットワークを 介して供給する。この予約情報においては、予約情報が供給されたその他のハード ディスクレコーダ (スレーブ)に対して、所望の番組 (コンテンツデータ)を所定のチュ ーナを用いて受信し、そのコンテンツデータをマスタに供給するように指示されている 。このスレーブは、その予約情報に基づいて所望のコンテンツデータを受信し、それ を、ネットワークを介してマスタに供給する。マスタは、そのコンテンツデータを取得す ると、それをハードディスクに記録する。  For example, it operates as a hard disk recorder power master without a tuner, sets a reservation candidate from preference information, user input, and the like, generates reservation information from the reservation candidate, and transmits the reservation information to the tuner. To other hard disk recorders that it has over the network. In this reservation information, a desired program (content data) is received by a predetermined tuner to another hard disk recorder (slave) to which the reservation information has been supplied, and the content data is supplied to the master. Have been instructed to. The slave receives the desired content data based on the reservation information and supplies it to the master via the network. When the master acquires the content data, it records it on the hard disk.
[0208] このように、他の装置のチューナを利用して受信させることによって、チューナを有 していないハードディスクレコーダであっても、 目的の番組(コンテンツデータ)をハー ドディスクに記録することができる。逆に、ハードディスク(記録媒体)を有していない 装置が自分自身のチューナを利用して目的の番組 (コンテンツデータ)を受信し、そ れを他の装置のハードディスクに記録させることもできる。  [0208] As described above, by using a tuner of another apparatus to receive a program, a target program (content data) can be recorded on a hard disk even if the hard disk recorder does not have a tuner. it can. Conversely, a device that does not have a hard disk (recording medium) can receive a target program (content data) using its own tuner and record it on the hard disk of another device.
[0209] このようなマスタとしての処理を、図 2に示されるようなシステムにおいて、特定の装 置においてのみ実行するのではなぐ各装置が互いに同時に実行することができる。 これにより、各装置は、お互いに制御し合い、お互いの不足する機能を補い合うよう に動作することができるので、より高度な録画再生制御処理を行うことができる。  [0209] In the system as shown in Fig. 2, such processing as a master can be performed simultaneously with each other, instead of being performed only by a specific apparatus. This allows the devices to control each other and operate so as to compensate for each other's lacking functions, so that more advanced recording and playback control processing can be performed.
[0210] 上述した一連の処理は、ハードウェアにより実行させることもできるし、上述したよう にソフトウェアにより実行させることもできる。一連の処理をソフトウェアにより実行させ る場合には、そのソフトウェアを構成するプログラムが専用のハードウェアに組み込ま れているコンピュータ、または、各種のプログラムをインストールすることで、各種の機 能を実行することが可能な、例えば汎用のパーソナルコンピュータなどに、記録媒体 等からインストールされる。  [0210] The above-described series of processing can be executed by hardware, or can be executed by software as described above. When a series of processing is executed by software, various functions must be executed by installing a computer in which the programs constituting the software are embedded in dedicated hardware, or by installing various programs. For example, it is installed from a recording medium or the like in a general-purpose personal computer or the like.
[0211] なお、本明細書において、記録媒体に記録されるプログラムを記述するステップは 、記載された順序に沿って時系列的に行われる処理はもちろん、必ずしも時系列的 に処理されなくとも、並列的あるいは個別に実行される処理をも含むものである。 また、本明細書において、システムとは、複数の装置により構成される装置全体を 表すものである。 [0211] In this specification, the step of describing a program recorded on a recording medium is as follows. However, not only the processing performed in chronological order according to the described order, but also the processing executed in parallel or individually, although not necessarily performed in chronological order. Also, in this specification, a system refers to an entire device including a plurality of devices.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関する処理を行う記録装置におい て、  [1] In a recording device that performs processing related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcasting station,
受信する局を選局し、 目的の前記コンテンツデータを受信するコンテンツデータ受 信手段と、  Content data receiving means for selecting a receiving station and receiving the desired content data;
前記コンテンツデータ受信手段により受信された前記コンテンツデータを記録する コンテンツデータ記録手段と、  Content data recording means for recording the content data received by the content data receiving means,
前記コンテンツデータ受信手段により受信された前記コンテンツデータを、ネットヮ ークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の記録装置に供給するコンテンツデータ供 給手段と、  Content data supply means for supplying the content data received by the content data reception means to one or more other recording devices connected via a network;
記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報を作成する 第 1の予約情報作成手段と、  First reservation information creating means for creating first reservation information which is reservation information for specifying content data to be recorded;
前記他の記録装置において作成された前記第 1の予約情報を、前記他の記録装 置より収集する予約情報収集手段と、  Reservation information collecting means for collecting the first reservation information created in the other recording device from the other recording device;
前記第 1の予約情報作成手段により作成された前記第 1の予約情報、および、前記 予約情報収集手段により前記他の記録装置より収集された前記第 1の予約情報によ り指定されるコンテンツデータに対して、前記ネットワークを介して接続される各記録 装置が実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成する第 2の予約情報作成手 段と、  The first reservation information created by the first reservation information creation means, and content data specified by the first reservation information collected from the other recording device by the reservation information collection means A second reservation information generating means for generating second reservation information for reserving a process to be executed by each of the recording devices connected via the network,
前記第 2の予約情報作成手段により作成された第 2の予約情報を、前記ネットヮー クを介して前記他の記録装置に供給する予約情報供給手段と、  Reservation information supply means for supplying the second reservation information created by the second reservation information creation means to the other recording device via the network;
前記第 2の予約情報作成手段により作成された第 2の予約情報を管理し、前記第 2 の予約情報に基づいて、前記コンテンツデータ受信手段、前記コンテンツデータ記 録手段、および、前記コンテンツデータ供給手段を制御し、前記コンテンツデータを 受信させ、受信したコンテンツデータを記録させるカ 若しくは、受信したコンテンツ データを前記ネットワークを介して他の記録装置に供給して記録させる管理制御手 段と  The second reservation information created by the second reservation information creation unit is managed, and the content data reception unit, the content data recording unit, and the content data supply are managed based on the second reservation information. Means for controlling means for receiving the content data and recording the received content data, or a management control means for supplying the received content data to another recording device via the network and recording the same.
を備えることを特徴とする記録装置。 A recording device comprising:
[2] 前記第 2の予約情報には、前記コンテンツデータの受信に用いるコンテンツデータ 受信手段を、前記記録装置および前記他の記録装置が備える全てのコンテンツデ ータ受信手段の中から特定する情報が含まれる [2] The second reservation information includes information for specifying a content data receiving unit used for receiving the content data from all content data receiving units included in the recording device and the other recording device. Contains
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の記録装置。  2. The recording device according to claim 1, wherein:
[3] 前記管理制御手段は、前記第 2の予約情報において、前記記録装置が備える前
Figure imgf000053_0001
[3] In the second reservation information, the management control unit may be configured to determine whether or not the second reservation information is included in the recording device.
Figure imgf000053_0001
制御して前記コンテンツデータを受信させ、前記コンテンツデータ供給手段を制御し て前記コンテンツデータを前記他の記録装置に供給させる  Controlling the content data to be received, and controlling the content data supply means to supply the content data to the other recording device.
ことを特徴とする請求項 2に記載の記録装置。  3. The recording device according to claim 2, wherein:
[4] 前記第 2の予約情報作成手段は、予約の対象とするコンテンツデータの放送時刻 および内容が重複する複数の予約が存在する場合、それらの内いずれか 1つのみを 前記第 2の予約情報として生成し、その他の予約は削除する [4] In the case where there are a plurality of reservations having overlapping broadcast times and contents of the content data to be reserved, the second reservation information creating means may store only one of them in the second reservation. Generate as information, delete other reservations
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の記録装置。  2. The recording device according to claim 1, wherein:
[5] 前記他の記録装置が有する各コンテンツデータ受信手段が受信可能な前記放送 局に関する情報を、前記他の記録装置の属性情報として、前記他の記録装置より収 集する属性情報収集手段をさらに備える [5] Attribute information collecting means for collecting information on the broadcast station that can be received by each content data receiving means of the other recording device as attribute information of the other recording device from the other recording device. Prepare more
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の記録装置。  2. The recording device according to claim 1, wherein:
[6] 前記他の記録装置が有する各コンテンツデータ記録手段の空き容量に関する情報 を、前記他の記録装置の属性情報として、前記他の記録装置より収集する属性情報 収集手段をさらに備える [6] Attribute information collecting means for collecting information on the free space of each content data recording means of the other recording device from the other recording device as attribute information of the other recording device is further provided.
ことを特徴とする請求項 1に記載の記録装置。  2. The recording device according to claim 1, wherein:
[7] 受信部、記録部、および通信部を有し、放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの 記録に関する処理を行う記録装置の記録方法であって、 [7] A recording method of a recording device having a receiving unit, a recording unit, and a communication unit and performing a process related to recording of content data broadcasted from a broadcasting station,
記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報を作成する 第 1の予約情報作成ステップと、  First reservation information creation step of creating first reservation information that is reservation information specifying content data to be recorded;
前記通信部を制御し、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の記録装 置において作成された前記第 1の予約情報を、前記他の記録装置より収集させる予 約情報収集制御ステップと、 The communication unit is controlled so that the first reservation information created in one or more other recording devices connected via a network is collected from the other recording device. About information collection control step;
前記第 1の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された前記第 1の予約情報、お よび、前記予約情報収集制御ステップの処理により制御された前記通信部によって 前記他の記録装置より収集された前記第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデ ータに対して、前記ネットワークを介して接続される各記録装置が実行する処理を予 約する第 2の予約情報を作成する第 2の予約情報作成ステップと、  The first reservation information created by the processing of the first reservation information creation step, and the communication section controlled by the processing of the reservation information collection control step, the communication section controlled by the other recording device. Second reservation information creation for creating second reservation information for reserving a process to be executed by each recording device connected via the network for the content data specified by the first reservation information Steps and
前記通信部を制御し、前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 2の予約情報を、前記ネットワークを介して前記他の記録装置に供給させる予約情報 供給制御ステップと、  A reservation information supply control step of controlling the communication unit to supply the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step to the other recording device via the network;
前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 2の予約情報を管理し 、前記第 2の予約情報に基づいて、前記受信部、前記記録部、および前記通信部を 制御し、前記コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記録させる か、若しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータを前記ネットワークを介して他の記録装置 に供給して記録させる管理制御ステップと  Managing the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step, controlling the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit based on the second reservation information, A management control step of receiving the content data and recording the received content data, or supplying and recording the received content data to another recording device via the network.
を含むことを特徴とする記録方法。  A recording method comprising:
[8] 前記第 2の予約情報には、前記コンテンツデータの受信に用いる受信部を、前記 記録装置および前記他の記録装置が備える全ての受信部の中から特定する情報が 含まれる  [8] The second reservation information includes information for specifying a receiving unit used for receiving the content data from all receiving units included in the recording device and the other recording device.
ことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の記録方法。  8. The recording method according to claim 7, wherein:
[9] 前記管理制御ステップは、前記第 2の予約情報において、前記記録装置が備える 受信部が特定されるとともに、前記他の記録装置が備える記録部が特定されている 場合、前記受信部を制御して前記コンテンツデータを受信させ、前記通信部を制御 して前記コンテンツデータを前記他の記録装置に供給させる  [9] The management control step may include, when the second reservation information specifies a receiving unit included in the recording device and specifies a recording unit included in the other recording device, Control to receive the content data, and control the communication unit to supply the content data to the other recording device.
ことを特徴とする請求項 8に記載の記録方法。  9. The recording method according to claim 8, wherein:
[10] 前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップは、予約の対象とするコンテンツデータの放送時 刻および内容が重複する複数の予約が存在する場合、それらの内いずれか 1つのみ を前記第 2の予約情報として生成し、その他の予約は削除する  [10] In the second reservation information creating step, when there are a plurality of reservations having the same broadcast time and the same content as the content data to be reserved, only one of them is stored in the second reservation information. Generate as reservation information, delete other reservations
ことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の記録方法。 8. The recording method according to claim 7, wherein:
[11] 前記通信部を制御し、前記他の記録装置が有する各受信部が受信可能な前記放 送局に関する情報を、前記他の記録装置の属性情報として、前記他の記録装置より 収集させる属性情報収集制御ステップをさらに含む [11] The communication unit is controlled to collect information on the broadcasting station that can be received by each receiving unit of the other recording device from the other recording device as attribute information of the other recording device. Further including an attribute information collection control step
ことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の記録方法。  8. The recording method according to claim 7, wherein:
[12] 前記通信部を制御し、前記他の記録装置が有する各記録部の空き容量に関する 情報を、前記他の記録装置の属性情報として、前記他の記録装置より収集させる属 性情報収集制御ステップをさらに含む [12] Attribute information collection control that controls the communication unit and causes the other recording device to collect information on the free space of each recording unit of the other recording device as attribute information of the other recording device. Further including steps
ことを特徴とする請求項 7に記載の記録方法。  8. The recording method according to claim 7, wherein:
[13] 放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関する処理を、受信部、記録部、 および通信部を有するコンピュータに行わせるプログラムにおいて、 [13] In a program that causes a computer having a receiving unit, a recording unit, and a communication unit to perform processing related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcasting station,
記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である第 1の予約情報を作成する 第 1の予約情報作成ステップと、  First reservation information creation step of creating first reservation information that is reservation information specifying content data to be recorded;
前記通信部を制御し、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他のコンビュ ータにおいて作成された前記第 1の予約情報を、前記他のコンピュータより収集させ る予約情報収集制御ステップと、  A reservation information collection control step of controlling the communication unit to cause the other computer to collect the first reservation information created by one or more other computers connected via a network;
前記第 1の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された前記第 1の予約情報、お よび、前記予約情報収集制御ステップの処理により制御された前記通信部によって 前記他のコンピュータより収集された前記第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツ データに対して、前記ネットワークを介して接続される各コンピュータが実行する処理 を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成する第 2の予約情報作成ステップと、  The first reservation information created by the processing of the first reservation information creation step, and the first reservation information collected from the other computer by the communication unit controlled by the processing of the reservation information collection control step. A second reservation information generating step of generating second reservation information for reserving a process to be executed by each computer connected via the network for the content data specified by the first reservation information;
前記通信部を制御し、前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 2の予約情報を、前記ネットワークを介して前記他のコンピュータに供給させる予約情 報供給制御ステップと、  A reservation information supply control step of controlling the communication unit to supply the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step to the other computer via the network;
前記第 2の予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された第 2の予約情報を管理し 、前記第 2の予約情報に基づいて、前記受信部、前記記録部、および前記通信部を 制御し、前記コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記録させる か、若しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータを前記ネットワークを介して他のコンピュー タに供給して記録させる管理制御ステップと を含むことを特徴とするプログラム。 Managing the second reservation information created by the processing of the second reservation information creation step, controlling the receiving unit, the recording unit, and the communication unit based on the second reservation information, A management control step of receiving the content data and recording the received content data, or supplying and recording the received content data to another computer via the network. A program characterized by including:
[14] 受信部、記録部、および通信部を有し、放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの 記録に関する処理を行う第 1の記録装置および第 2の記録装置を備える情報処理シ ステムであって、  [14] An information processing system including a first recording device and a second recording device, which includes a receiving unit, a recording unit, and a communication unit, and performs a process related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcast station. ,
前記第 1の記録装置は、記録するコンテンツデータを指定する予約情報である第 1 の予約情報を作成し、前記通信部を用いて、ネットワークを介して接続される前記第 2の記録装置において作成された前記第 1の予約情報を収集し、作成された前記第 1の予約情報、および、前記通信部を介して前記第 2の記録装置より収集された前記 第 1の予約情報により指定されるコンテンツデータに対して前記第 1の装置または前 記第 2の記録装置が実行する処理を予約する第 2の予約情報を作成し、前記通信部 を用いて、作成された前記第 2の予約情報を、前記ネットワークを介して前記第 2の 記録装置に供給し、さらに、作成された前記第 2の予約情報を管理し、前記第 2の予 約情報に基づいて、前記受信部、前記記録部、および前記通信部を制御し、前記コ ンテンッデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデータを記録させる力、若しくは、 受信させたコンテンツデータを前記ネットワークを介して前記第 2の記録装置に供給 して記録させ、  The first recording device creates first reservation information, which is reservation information that specifies content data to be recorded, and creates the first reservation information in the second recording device connected via a network using the communication unit. The first reservation information collected and collected is designated by the first reservation information created and the first reservation information collected from the second recording device via the communication unit. It creates second reservation information for reserving processing performed by the first device or the second recording device for content data, and uses the communication unit to create the second reservation information. To the second recording device via the network, further manages the created second reservation information, and, based on the second reservation information, the receiving unit and the recording unit. , And controls the communication unit, and Receiving the content data and recording the received content data, or supplying the received content data to the second recording device via the network to record the content data;
前記第 2の記録装置は、前記第 1の予約情報を作成し、前記通信部を用いて、前 記ネットワークを介して接続される前記第 1の記録装置に前記第 1の予約情報を供給 し、前記通信部を用いて、前記第 1の記録装置より供給された前記第 2の予約情報を 取得し、取得した前記第 2の予約情報に基づいて、前記受信部、前記記録部、およ び前記通信部を制御し、前記コンテンツデータを受信させ、受信させたコンテンツデ ータを記録させる力、、若しくは、受信させたコンテンツデータを前記ネットワークを介し て前記第 1の記録装置に供給して記録させる  The second recording device creates the first reservation information, and supplies the first reservation information to the first recording device connected via the network using the communication unit. Acquiring the second reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit, and based on the acquired second reservation information, the receiving unit, the recording unit, And controlling the communication unit to receive the content data and record the received content data, or supply the received content data to the first recording device via the network. Record
ことを特徴とする情報処理システム。  An information processing system, comprising:
[15] 放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関する処理を行う記録装置におい て、  [15] In a recording device that performs processing related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcasting station,
コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録する前記コンテンツデー タを指定するとともに、前記コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定 する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成手段と、 Reservation information for reserving recording of content data, which specifies the content data to be recorded and also specifies the type of tuner required to receive the content data Reservation information creating means for creating reservation information to be made;
前記予約情報作成手段により作成された前記予約情報を、ネットワークを介して接 続される 1または複数の他の記録装置の内、前記予約情報により指定される種別の 前記チューナを有する他の記録装置に供給する予約情報供給手段と、  Another recording device having the tuner of the type specified by the reservation information among one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network to the reservation information created by the reservation information creating means. Reservation information supply means for supplying
前記予約情報供給手段により前記予約情報が供給された他の記録装置において 前記予約情報に基づいて受信され、前記ネットワークを介して供給された前記コンテ ンッデータを取得するコンテンツデータ取得手段と、  A content data acquisition unit that receives the content data supplied via the network in another recording device to which the reservation information is supplied by the reservation information supply unit, based on the reservation information;
前記コンテンツデータ取得手段により取得された前記コンテンツデータを記録する コンテンツデータ記録手段と  Content data recording means for recording the content data obtained by the content data obtaining means;
を備えることを特徴とする記録装置。  A recording device comprising:
[16] 記録部および通信部を有し、放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関す る処理を行う記録装置の記録方法であって、  [16] A recording method of a recording device having a recording unit and a communication unit and performing a process related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcast station,
コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録する前記コンテンツデー タを指定するとともに、前記コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定 する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成ステップと、  A reservation information creation step of creating reservation information that is reservation information for reserving recording of content data and that specifies the content data to be recorded and also specifies a tuner type required for receiving the content data;
前記通信部を制御し、前記予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された前記予 約情報を、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他の記録装置の内、前記 予約情報により指定される種別の前記チューナを有する他の記録装置に供給させる 予約情報供給制御ステップと、  The communication unit is controlled, and the reservation information created by the process of the reservation information creation step is stored in one or a plurality of other recording devices connected via a network by a type designated by the reservation information. Reservation information supply control step of causing another recording apparatus having the tuner to supply the recording information;
前記通信部を制御し、前記予約情報供給制御ステップの処理により制御されて前 記予約情報が供給された他の記録装置において前記予約情報に基づいて受信され 、前記ネットワークを介して供給された前記コンテンツデータを取得させるコンテンツ データ取得制御ステップと、  The communication unit is controlled based on the reservation information, and is received based on the reservation information in another recording device to which the reservation information has been supplied under the control of the processing of the reservation information supply control step. A content data acquisition control step for acquiring content data;
前記記録部を制御し、前記コンテンツデータ取得制御ステップの処理により制御さ れて取得された前記コンテンツデータを記録させるコンテンツデータ記録制御ステツ プと  A content data recording control step of controlling the recording section and recording the acquired content data controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step;
を含むことを特徴とする記録方法。  A recording method comprising:
[17] 放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関する処理を、記録部および通信 部を有するコンピュータに行わせるプログラムにおいて、 [17] Processing related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcasting station is performed by a recording unit and a communication unit. In a program to be executed by a computer having a unit,
コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録する前記コンテンツデー タを指定するとともに、前記コンテンツデータの受信に必要なチューナの種別を指定 する予約情報を作成する予約情報作成ステップと、  A reservation information creation step of creating reservation information that is reservation information for reserving recording of content data and that specifies the content data to be recorded and also specifies a tuner type required for receiving the content data;
前記通信部を制御し、前記予約情報作成ステップの処理により作成された前記予 約情報を、ネットワークを介して接続される 1または複数の他のコンピュータの内、前 記予約情報により指定される種別の前記チューナを有する他のコンピュータに供給さ せる予約情報供給制御ステップと、  The communication unit is controlled, and the reservation information created by the processing of the reservation information creation step is stored in one or a plurality of other computers connected via a network by a type designated by the reservation information. A reservation information supply control step of supplying the reservation information to another computer having the tuner of
前記通信部を制御し、前記予約情報供給制御ステップの処理により制御されて前 記予約情報が供給された他のコンピュータにおいて前記予約情報に基づいて受信 され、前記ネットワークを介して供給された前記コンテンツデータを取得させるコンテ ンッデータ取得制御ステップと、  The content, which is controlled based on the reservation information by another computer to which the reservation information is supplied by being controlled by the reservation information supply control step and controlling the communication unit, and supplied through the network. A content data acquisition control step for acquiring data;
前記記録部を制御し、前記コンテンツデータ取得制御ステップの処理により制御さ れて取得された前記コンテンツデータを記録させるコンテンツデータ記録制御ステツ プと  A content data recording control step of controlling the recording section and recording the acquired content data controlled by the processing of the content data acquisition control step;
を含むことを特徴とするプログラム。  A program characterized by including:
[18] 記録部および通信部を有し、放送局より放送されるコンテンツデータの記録に関す る処理を行う第 1の記録装置、並びに、受信部および通信部を有し、放送局より放送 されるコンテンツデータの記録に関する処理を行う第 2の記録装置が互いにネットヮ ークを介して接続される情報処理システムであって、  [18] A first recording device that has a recording unit and a communication unit and performs processing related to recording of content data broadcast from a broadcasting station, and a reception unit and a communication unit that are broadcast from the broadcasting station. An information processing system in which a second recording device that performs a process related to recording of content data to be stored is connected to each other via a network,
前記第 1の記録装置は、コンテンツデータの記録を予約する予約情報であり、記録 する前記コンテンツデータを指定するとともに、前記コンテンツデータの受信に必要 なチューナの種別を指定する予約情報を作成し、前記通信部を用いて、その作成さ れた前記予約情報を、前記予約情報により指定される種別の前記受信部を有する前 記第 2の記録装置に供給し、前記通信部を用いて、前記第 2の記録装置において前 記予約情報に基づいて受信され、前記ネットワークを介して供給された前記コンテン ッデータを取得し、前記記録部を用いて、その取得された前記コンテンツデータを記 録し、 前記第 2の記録装置は、前記通信部を用いて、前記第 1の記録装置より供給された 前記予約情報を取得し、前記受信部を用いて、その取得した前記予約情報により指 定される前記コンテンツデータを受信し、前記通信部を用いて、その受信した前記コ ンテンッデータを前記第 1の記録装置に供給する The first recording device is reservation information for reserving recording of content data, and generates reservation information for specifying the content data to be recorded and for specifying a tuner type required for receiving the content data; The communication unit is used to supply the created reservation information to the second recording device having the reception unit of the type specified by the reservation information, and the communication unit is used to supply the reservation information. The second recording device acquires the content data received based on the reservation information and supplied via the network, and records the acquired content data using the recording unit; The second recording device acquires the reservation information supplied from the first recording device using the communication unit, and is specified by the acquired reservation information using the receiving unit. Receiving the content data and supplying the received content data to the first recording device using the communication unit;
ことを特徴とする情報処理  Information processing characterized by the following:
PCT/JP2004/011054 2003-08-11 2004-08-02 Recording device and method, program, and information processing system WO2005015906A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003291406 2003-08-11
JP2003-291406 2003-08-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005015906A1 true WO2005015906A1 (en) 2005-02-17

Family

ID=34131647

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2004/011054 WO2005015906A1 (en) 2003-08-11 2004-08-02 Recording device and method, program, and information processing system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2005015906A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009017048A (en) * 2007-07-02 2009-01-22 Sony Corp Recording control apparatus and recording system
US20090136205A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-05-28 Naofumi Tomita Video recording apparatus and video recording system
JP2012502549A (en) * 2008-09-05 2012-01-26 ティヴォ インク Server-based program recording scheduling
JP2013141321A (en) * 2005-12-23 2013-07-18 United Video Properties Inc Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
JP2015029321A (en) * 2006-09-29 2015-02-12 ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ, インコーポレイテッド Management of profiles for interactive media guidance applications

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11259926A (en) * 1998-03-16 1999-09-24 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Video recording/reproducing controller, video recording/ reproducing device and video recording/reproducing system using them
JP2003092711A (en) * 2001-09-18 2003-03-28 Sharp Corp Electrical program guide information screen generating device, electrical program guide information screen generating method, program and recording medium
JP2003199004A (en) * 2001-12-28 2003-07-11 Toshiba Corp Apparatus for recording broadcasting signals with function of recording reservation
JP2003199011A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-11 Toshiba Corp Recording control device of a plurality of recorders, recording control method, recording apparatus and television receiver

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH11259926A (en) * 1998-03-16 1999-09-24 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Video recording/reproducing controller, video recording/ reproducing device and video recording/reproducing system using them
JP2003092711A (en) * 2001-09-18 2003-03-28 Sharp Corp Electrical program guide information screen generating device, electrical program guide information screen generating method, program and recording medium
JP2003199011A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-07-11 Toshiba Corp Recording control device of a plurality of recorders, recording control method, recording apparatus and television receiver
JP2003199004A (en) * 2001-12-28 2003-07-11 Toshiba Corp Apparatus for recording broadcasting signals with function of recording reservation

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013141321A (en) * 2005-12-23 2013-07-18 United Video Properties Inc Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
JP2015029321A (en) * 2006-09-29 2015-02-12 ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ, インコーポレイテッド Management of profiles for interactive media guidance applications
JP2009017048A (en) * 2007-07-02 2009-01-22 Sony Corp Recording control apparatus and recording system
US8538245B2 (en) 2007-07-02 2013-09-17 Sony Corporation Recording control apparatus and recording system
US20090136205A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-05-28 Naofumi Tomita Video recording apparatus and video recording system
JP2012502549A (en) * 2008-09-05 2012-01-26 ティヴォ インク Server-based program recording scheduling
US8464309B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2013-06-11 Tivo Inc. Server-based program recording scheduling
JP2015173504A (en) * 2008-09-05 2015-10-01 ティヴォ インク server-based program recording scheduling
US9179115B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2015-11-03 Tivo Inc. Server-based program recording scheduling
US9699510B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2017-07-04 Tivo Solutions, Inc. Server-based program recording scheduling

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7454120B2 (en) Methods and apparatus for client aggregation of television programming in a networked personal video recording system
US7603022B2 (en) Networked personal video recording system
US8438601B2 (en) Resource management for a networked personal video recording system
KR100848131B1 (en) Method for managing audiovisual broadcast recordings and associated devices
US20020133821A1 (en) Activity schedule controls personalized electronic content guide
CN100479509C (en) Communication system, recording apparatus and method
US7843772B2 (en) Content use system, recording apparatus, reproducing apparatus and system control method
US7720358B2 (en) Recording system, recording method and recording device
JP2014143758A (en) Networked personal video recording system
CA2672437C (en) Method and apparatus for interactive distribution of digital content
WO2005015906A1 (en) Recording device and method, program, and information processing system
CN1875623A (en) Program data recording method and apparatus
JP2005123734A (en) Radio communication system and communication apparatus
US20080303959A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Changing Channels in a System Operating in a Recording Mode
JP2002281569A (en) Remote control system, reproducing device, information storage device, reproduced data transmitting method and remote controller
JP4438354B2 (en) Information management apparatus and information management method
JP4499205B2 (en) Data receiving method, data receiving apparatus and program
JP4662101B2 (en) REPRODUCTION DEVICE AND METHOD, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND PROGRAM
JP4370515B2 (en) Keyword setting system, keyword setting method, keyword setting program, and information processing apparatus
JP2013070199A (en) Program information transmitter, program information receiver, and program information transmission method
JP2006067111A (en) Viewing reservation scheduling device, viewing receiver and program
CN101150693A (en) Scheduled recording method and device based on image extraction
JP2009296470A (en) Recording management server, recording apparatus, recording system, method for programmed recording, and recording method
JP2013058953A (en) Program information transmitter, program information receiver, and program information transmission method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: JP